(5195,16,'2011-09-16 13:46:55','2011-09-16 13:46:55','Our iPhoneography With...series continues and this week we are very happy to introduce Jack Hollingsworth, all the way from Austin, Texas. You may already be familiar with his work as his long-spanning photography career has taken him across the globe shooting everything including people, products, and places! We were blown away when we first saw what Jack could do with an iPhone and we\'re pretty sure you will be too. Oh and a little birdie told us that you might be seeing Jack around here more frequently...watch this space for more details...\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"402\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Jack\'s photos on Instagram <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/2439781/photos\" title=\"Jack Hollingsworth Instagram Inkstagram Feed\">@jackhollingsworth</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\r\n','iPhoneography With Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-23','','','2011-09-16 13:46:55','2011-09-16 13:46:55','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-23.html',0,'revision','',0),(5196,16,'2011-09-16 13:47:24','2011-09-16 13:47:24','Our iPhoneography With...series continues and this week we are very happy to introduce Jack Hollingsworth, all the way from Austin, Texas. You may already be familiar with his work as his long-spanning photography career has taken him across the globe shooting everything including people, products, and places! We were blown away when we first saw what Jack could do with an iPhone and we\'re pretty sure you will be too. Oh and a little birdie told us that you might be seeing Jack around here more frequently...watch this space for more details...\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"402\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Jack\'s photos on Instagram <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/2439781/photos\" title=\"Jack Hollingsworth Instagram Inkstagram Feed\">@jackhollingsworth</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\r\n','iPhoneography With Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-24','','','2011-09-16 13:47:24','2011-09-16 13:47:24','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-24.html',0,'revision','',0),(5197,16,'2011-09-19 08:00:18','2011-09-19 08:00:18','Ok so we realize it\'s been a little tiny bit longer than a week since we posted the last winner, but you\'ll have to forgive us - half of the team was on holiday so we\'re a bit behind ourselves on this...but here it is at last the Instagram FX Challenge Week 2 Winner, and it\'s a darn good one if we do say so ourselves!! \r\n\r\nRemember...you can join the Instagram FX Challenge too! Check out all of the entry requirements <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/instagram-fx-challenge-week-1.html\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Rules\">here.</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah3.jpg\"  ] <p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo without further adieu, we\'ll introduce you to Instagramer <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/95493/photos\" title=\"Izkah Instagram Inkstagram\">@izkah</a>\r\n\r\nHere\'s a few words from Izkah plus her winning photo (and a few other great ones) below...\r\n\r\n<h4>Izkah, tell us a little bit about yourself.</h4>\r\n\r\nIve always loved taking pictures, but its mostly pictures of me. My husband introduced me to Instagram October of last year. Unfortunately I only had an iPod touch at the time and the picture quality on it wasn\'t that good. So I got an iPhone 4 the next month for my birthday and Ive been hooked on Instagram ever since!! The thing i love about iPhoneography is that its no frills photography. You take a shot, you edit and you post it. No change of lenses, no aperture settings, no changing of shutter speed and so on ... I dont even understand those terms to tell you the truth! My husband has tried to explain it to me a thousand times and I still don\'t get it. Thats why I love iPhoneography....as an amateur, it showcases my skill in taking pictures, pushes me to see things in a different light and with the use of photography apps, helps me edit and transform my pictures into a work of art without the hassle of using expensive DSLRs. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any tips to share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI\'m not sure I\'m in a place where I should be giving tips just yet, but from what I\'ve learned from using Instagram for almost a year now is to keep taking lots of pictures. Just keep shooting, you never know when you might get that perfect shot! Another thing is to look for colors that pop, contrasting colors make for an eye-catching photo that will definitely take u to pop page. Lastly, try to stick with the rule of thirds...helps in achieving great composition.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Would you share with us your recipe for the winning photo?</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Izkah\'s Winning Photo</center><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nIt was really simple actually...I just processed the raw photo with the FX Photo Studio app using hues...I used blue and green and then pink. Then i used Picframe to make a collage of 3 frames. That\'s it!!\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another Instagram FX Challenge winner interview!! \r\n \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 2 Winner','','publish','open','open','','instagram-fx-challenge-week-2-winner','','','2011-09-16 16:11:56','2011-09-16 16:11:56','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5197',0,'post','',0),(5198,16,'2011-09-16 14:15:40','2011-09-16 14:15:40','','izkah','','inherit','open','open','','izkah','','','2011-09-16 14:15:40','2011-09-16 14:15:40','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5199,16,'2011-09-16 14:15:46','2011-09-16 14:15:46','','izkah1','','inherit','open','open','','izkah1','','','2011-09-16 14:15:46','2011-09-16 14:15:46','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5200,16,'2011-09-16 14:15:50','2011-09-16 14:15:50','','izkah2','','inherit','open','open','','izkah2','','','2011-09-16 14:15:50','2011-09-16 14:15:50','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5201,16,'2011-09-16 14:15:54','2011-09-16 14:15:54','','izkah3','','inherit','open','open','','izkah3','','','2011-09-16 14:15:54','2011-09-16 14:15:54','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5202,16,'2011-09-16 14:16:39','2011-09-16 14:16:39','','izkahwin','','inherit','open','open','','izkahwin','','','2011-09-16 14:16:39','2011-09-16 14:16:39','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5203,16,'2011-09-16 14:26:53','2011-09-16 14:26:53','Ok so we realize it\'s been a little tiny bit longer than a week since we posted the last winner, but you\'ll have to forgive us - half of the team was on holiday so we\'re a bit behind ourselves on this...but here it is at last the Instagram FX Challenge Week 2 Winner, and it\'s a darn good one if we do say so ourselves!! \n\n\n\nRemember...you can join the Instagram FX Challenge too! Check out all of the entry requirements <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/instagram-fx-challenge-week-1.html\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Rules\">here.</a> \n\nSo without further adieu, we\'ll introduce you to Instagramer <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/95493/photos\" title=\"Izkah Instagram Inkstagram\">@izkah</a>\n\nHere\'s a few words from Izkah plus her winning photo (and a few other great ones) below...\n\n\n<h4>Izkah, tell us a little bit about yourself.</h4>\n\nIve always loved taking pictures, but its mostly pictures of me. My husband introduced me to Instagram October of last year. Unfortunately I only had an iPod touch at the time and the picture quality on it wasn\'t that good. So I got an iPhone 4 the next month for my birthday and Ive been hooked on Instagram ever since!! The thing i love about iPhoneography is that its no frills photography. You take a shot, you edit and you post it. No change of lenses, no aperture settings, no changing of shutter speed and so on ... I dont even understand those terms to tell you the truth! My husband has tried to explain it to me a thousand times and I still don\'t get it. Thats why I love iPhoneography....as an amateur, it showcases my skill in taking pictures, pushes me to see things in a different light and with the use of photography apps, helps me edit and transform my pictures into a work of art without the hassle of using expensive DSLRs. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Do you have any tips to share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\n\nI\'m not sure I\'m in a place where I should be giving tips just yet, but from what I\'ve learned from using Instagram for almost a year now is to keep taking lots of pictures. Just keep shooting, you never know when you might get that perfect shot! Another thing is to look for colors that pop, contrasting colors make for an eye-catching photo that will definitely take u to pop page. Lastly, try to stick with the rule of thirds...helps in achieving great composition.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Would you share with us your recipe for the winning photo?</h4>\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nIt was really simple actually...I just processed the raw photo with the FX Photo Studio app using hues...I used blue and green and then pink. Then i used Picframe to make a collage of 3 frames. That\'s it!!\n\n\n\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 2 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5197-revision','','','2011-09-16 14:26:53','2011-09-16 14:26:53','',5197,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5197-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5204,16,'2011-09-16 14:27:52','2011-09-16 14:27:52','Ok so we realize it\'s been a little tiny bit longer than a week since we posted the last winner, but you\'ll have to forgive us - half of the team was on holiday so we\'re a bit behind ourselves on this...but here it is at last the Instagram FX Challenge Week 2 Winner, and it\'s a darn good one if we do say so ourselves!! \n\n\n\nRemember...you can join the Instagram FX Challenge too! Check out all of the entry requirements <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/instagram-fx-challenge-week-1.html\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Rules\">here.</a> \n\nSo without further adieu, we\'ll introduce you to Instagramer <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/95493/photos\" title=\"Izkah Instagram Inkstagram\">@izkah</a>\n\nHere\'s a few words from Izkah plus her winning photo (and a few other great ones) below...\n\n\n<h4>Izkah, tell us a little bit about yourself.</h4>\n\nIve always loved taking pictures, but its mostly pictures of me. My husband introduced me to Instagram October of last year. Unfortunately I only had an iPod touch at the time and the picture quality on it wasn\'t that good. So I got an iPhone 4 the next month for my birthday and Ive been hooked on Instagram ever since!! The thing i love about iPhoneography is that its no frills photography. You take a shot, you edit and you post it. No change of lenses, no aperture settings, no changing of shutter speed and so on ... I dont even understand those terms to tell you the truth! My husband has tried to explain it to me a thousand times and I still don\'t get it. Thats why I love iPhoneography....as an amateur, it showcases my skill in taking pictures, pushes me to see things in a different light and with the use of photography apps, helps me edit and transform my pictures into a work of art without the hassle of using expensive DSLRs. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Do you have any tips to share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\n\nI\'m not sure I\'m in a place where I should be giving tips just yet, but from what I\'ve learned from using Instagram for almost a year now is to keep taking lots of pictures. Just keep shooting, you never know when you might get that perfect shot! Another thing is to look for colors that pop, contrasting colors make for an eye-catching photo that will definitely take u to pop page. Lastly, try to stick with the rule of thirds...helps in achieving great composition.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Would you share with us your recipe for the winning photo?</h4>\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nIt was really simple actually...I just processed the raw photo with the FX Photo Studio app using hues...I used blue and green and then pink. Then i used Picframe to make a collage of 3 frames. That\'s it!!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah3.jpg\"  ] \n \n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 2 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5197-revision-2','','','2011-09-16 14:27:52','2011-09-16 14:27:52','',5197,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5197-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5205,16,'2011-09-16 14:29:31','2011-09-16 14:29:31','Ok so we realize it\'s been a little tiny bit longer than a week since we posted the last winner, but you\'ll have to forgive us - half of the team was on holiday so we\'re a bit behind ourselves on this...but here it is at last the Instagram FX Challenge Week 2 Winner, and it\'s a darn good one if we do say so ourselves!! \r\n\r\n\r\nRemember...you can join the Instagram FX Challenge too! Check out all of the entry requirements <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/instagram-fx-challenge-week-1.html\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Rules\">here.</a> \r\n\r\nSo without further adieu, we\'ll introduce you to Instagramer <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/95493/photos\" title=\"Izkah Instagram Inkstagram\">@izkah</a>\r\n\r\nHere\'s a few words from Izkah plus her winning photo (and a few other great ones) below...\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>Izkah, tell us a little bit about yourself.</h4>\r\n\r\nIve always loved taking pictures, but its mostly pictures of me. My husband introduced me to Instagram October of last year. Unfortunately I only had an iPod touch at the time and the picture quality on it wasn\'t that good. So I got an iPhone 4 the next month for my birthday and Ive been hooked on Instagram ever since!! The thing i love about iPhoneography is that its no frills photography. You take a shot, you edit and you post it. No change of lenses, no aperture settings, no changing of shutter speed and so on ... I dont even understand those terms to tell you the truth! My husband has tried to explain it to me a thousand times and I still don\'t get it. Thats why I love iPhoneography....as an amateur, it showcases my skill in taking pictures, pushes me to see things in a different light and with the use of photography apps, helps me edit and transform my pictures into a work of art without the hassle of using expensive DSLRs. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any tips to share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI\'m not sure I\'m in a place where I should be giving tips just yet, but from what I\'ve learned from using Instagram for almost a year now is to keep taking lots of pictures. Just keep shooting, you never know when you might get that perfect shot! Another thing is to look for colors that pop, contrasting colors make for an eye-catching photo that will definitely take u to pop page. Lastly, try to stick with the rule of thirds...helps in achieving great composition.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Would you share with us your recipe for the winning photo?</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nIt was really simple actually...I just processed the raw photo with the FX Photo Studio app using hues...I used blue and green and then pink. Then i used Picframe to make a collage of 3 frames. That\'s it!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah3.jpg\"  ] \r\n \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 2 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5197-revision-3','','','2011-09-16 14:29:31','2011-09-16 14:29:31','',5197,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5197-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5206,16,'2011-09-16 14:30:38','2011-09-16 14:30:38','Ok so we realize it\'s been a little tiny bit longer than a week since we posted the last winner, but you\'ll have to forgive us - half of the team was on holiday so we\'re a bit behind ourselves on this...but here it is at last the Instagram FX Challenge Week 2 Winner, and it\'s a darn good one if we do say so ourselves!! \r\n\r\nRemember...you can join the Instagram FX Challenge too! Check out all of the entry requirements <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/instagram-fx-challenge-week-1.html\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Rules\">here.</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah3.jpg\"  ] \r\n\r\nSo without further adieu, we\'ll introduce you to Instagramer <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/95493/photos\" title=\"Izkah Instagram Inkstagram\">@izkah</a>\r\n\r\nHere\'s a few words from Izkah plus her winning photo (and a few other great ones) below...\r\n\r\n<h4>Izkah, tell us a little bit about yourself.</h4>\r\n\r\nIve always loved taking pictures, but its mostly pictures of me. My husband introduced me to Instagram October of last year. Unfortunately I only had an iPod touch at the time and the picture quality on it wasn\'t that good. So I got an iPhone 4 the next month for my birthday and Ive been hooked on Instagram ever since!! The thing i love about iPhoneography is that its no frills photography. You take a shot, you edit and you post it. No change of lenses, no aperture settings, no changing of shutter speed and so on ... I dont even understand those terms to tell you the truth! My husband has tried to explain it to me a thousand times and I still don\'t get it. Thats why I love iPhoneography....as an amateur, it showcases my skill in taking pictures, pushes me to see things in a different light and with the use of photography apps, helps me edit and transform my pictures into a work of art without the hassle of using expensive DSLRs. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any tips to share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI\'m not sure I\'m in a place where I should be giving tips just yet, but from what I\'ve learned from using Instagram for almost a year now is to keep taking lots of pictures. Just keep shooting, you never know when you might get that perfect shot! Another thing is to look for colors that pop, contrasting colors make for an eye-catching photo that will definitely take u to pop page. Lastly, try to stick with the rule of thirds...helps in achieving great composition.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Would you share with us your recipe for the winning photo?</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nIt was really simple actually...I just processed the raw photo with the FX Photo Studio app using hues...I used blue and green and then pink. Then i used Picframe to make a collage of 3 frames. That\'s it!!\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another Instagram FX Challenge winner interview!! \r\n \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 2 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5197-revision-4','','','2011-09-16 14:30:38','2011-09-16 14:30:38','',5197,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5197-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5207,16,'2011-09-16 14:31:06','2011-09-16 14:31:06','Ok so we realize it\'s been a little tiny bit longer than a week since we posted the last winner, but you\'ll have to forgive us - half of the team was on holiday so we\'re a bit behind ourselves on this...but here it is at last the Instagram FX Challenge Week 2 Winner, and it\'s a darn good one if we do say so ourselves!! \r\n\r\nRemember...you can join the Instagram FX Challenge too! Check out all of the entry requirements <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/instagram-fx-challenge-week-1.html\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Rules\">here.</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah3.jpg\"  ] <p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo without further adieu, we\'ll introduce you to Instagramer <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/95493/photos\" title=\"Izkah Instagram Inkstagram\">@izkah</a>\r\n\r\nHere\'s a few words from Izkah plus her winning photo (and a few other great ones) below...\r\n\r\n<h4>Izkah, tell us a little bit about yourself.</h4>\r\n\r\nIve always loved taking pictures, but its mostly pictures of me. My husband introduced me to Instagram October of last year. Unfortunately I only had an iPod touch at the time and the picture quality on it wasn\'t that good. So I got an iPhone 4 the next month for my birthday and Ive been hooked on Instagram ever since!! The thing i love about iPhoneography is that its no frills photography. You take a shot, you edit and you post it. No change of lenses, no aperture settings, no changing of shutter speed and so on ... I dont even understand those terms to tell you the truth! My husband has tried to explain it to me a thousand times and I still don\'t get it. Thats why I love iPhoneography....as an amateur, it showcases my skill in taking pictures, pushes me to see things in a different light and with the use of photography apps, helps me edit and transform my pictures into a work of art without the hassle of using expensive DSLRs. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any tips to share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI\'m not sure I\'m in a place where I should be giving tips just yet, but from what I\'ve learned from using Instagram for almost a year now is to keep taking lots of pictures. Just keep shooting, you never know when you might get that perfect shot! Another thing is to look for colors that pop, contrasting colors make for an eye-catching photo that will definitely take u to pop page. Lastly, try to stick with the rule of thirds...helps in achieving great composition.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Would you share with us your recipe for the winning photo?</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nIt was really simple actually...I just processed the raw photo with the FX Photo Studio app using hues...I used blue and green and then pink. Then i used Picframe to make a collage of 3 frames. That\'s it!!\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another Instagram FX Challenge winner interview!! \r\n \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 2 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5197-revision-5','','','2011-09-16 14:31:06','2011-09-16 14:31:06','',5197,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5197-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5208,16,'2011-09-16 14:31:55','2011-09-16 14:31:55','Ok so we realize it\'s been a little tiny bit longer than a week since we posted the last winner, but you\'ll have to forgive us - half of the team was on holiday so we\'re a bit behind ourselves on this...but here it is at last the Instagram FX Challenge Week 2 Winner, and it\'s a darn good one if we do say so ourselves!! \r\n\r\nRemember...you can join the Instagram FX Challenge too! Check out all of the entry requirements <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/instagram-fx-challenge-week-1.html\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Rules\">here.</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah3.jpg\"  ] <p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo without further adieu, we\'ll introduce you to Instagramer <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/95493/photos\" title=\"Izkah Instagram Inkstagram\">@izkah</a>\r\n\r\nHere\'s a few words from Izkah plus her winning photo (and a few other great ones) below...\r\n\r\n<h4>Izkah, tell us a little bit about yourself.</h4>\r\n\r\nIve always loved taking pictures, but its mostly pictures of me. My husband introduced me to Instagram October of last year. Unfortunately I only had an iPod touch at the time and the picture quality on it wasn\'t that good. So I got an iPhone 4 the next month for my birthday and Ive been hooked on Instagram ever since!! The thing i love about iPhoneography is that its no frills photography. You take a shot, you edit and you post it. No change of lenses, no aperture settings, no changing of shutter speed and so on ... I dont even understand those terms to tell you the truth! My husband has tried to explain it to me a thousand times and I still don\'t get it. Thats why I love iPhoneography....as an amateur, it showcases my skill in taking pictures, pushes me to see things in a different light and with the use of photography apps, helps me edit and transform my pictures into a work of art without the hassle of using expensive DSLRs. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any tips to share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI\'m not sure I\'m in a place where I should be giving tips just yet, but from what I\'ve learned from using Instagram for almost a year now is to keep taking lots of pictures. Just keep shooting, you never know when you might get that perfect shot! Another thing is to look for colors that pop, contrasting colors make for an eye-catching photo that will definitely take u to pop page. Lastly, try to stick with the rule of thirds...helps in achieving great composition.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Would you share with us your recipe for the winning photo?</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Izkah\'s Winning Photo</center><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nIt was really simple actually...I just processed the raw photo with the FX Photo Studio app using hues...I used blue and green and then pink. Then i used Picframe to make a collage of 3 frames. That\'s it!!\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another Instagram FX Challenge winner interview!! \r\n \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 2 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5197-revision-6','','','2011-09-16 14:31:55','2011-09-16 14:31:55','',5197,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5197-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5209,16,'2011-09-16 14:34:38','2011-09-16 14:34:38','Ok so we realize it\'s been a little tiny bit longer than a week since we posted the last winner, but you\'ll have to forgive us - half of the team was on holiday so we\'re a bit behind ourselves on this...but here it is at last the Instagram FX Challenge Week 2 Winner, and it\'s a darn good one if we do say so ourselves!! \r\n\r\nRemember...you can join the Instagram FX Challenge too! Check out all of the entry requirements <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/instagram-fx-challenge-week-1.html\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Rules\">here.</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah3.jpg\"  ] <p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo without further adieu, we\'ll introduce you to Instagramer <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/95493/photos\" title=\"Izkah Instagram Inkstagram\">@izkah</a>\r\n\r\nHere\'s a few words from Izkah plus her winning photo (and a few other great ones) below...\r\n\r\n<h4>Izkah, tell us a little bit about yourself.</h4>\r\n\r\nIve always loved taking pictures, but its mostly pictures of me. My husband introduced me to Instagram October of last year. Unfortunately I only had an iPod touch at the time and the picture quality on it wasn\'t that good. So I got an iPhone 4 the next month for my birthday and Ive been hooked on Instagram ever since!! The thing i love about iPhoneography is that its no frills photography. You take a shot, you edit and you post it. No change of lenses, no aperture settings, no changing of shutter speed and so on ... I dont even understand those terms to tell you the truth! My husband has tried to explain it to me a thousand times and I still don\'t get it. Thats why I love iPhoneography....as an amateur, it showcases my skill in taking pictures, pushes me to see things in a different light and with the use of photography apps, helps me edit and transform my pictures into a work of art without the hassle of using expensive DSLRs. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any tips to share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI\'m not sure I\'m in a place where I should be giving tips just yet, but from what I\'ve learned from using Instagram for almost a year now is to keep taking lots of pictures. Just keep shooting, you never know when you might get that perfect shot! Another thing is to look for colors that pop, contrasting colors make for an eye-catching photo that will definitely take u to pop page. Lastly, try to stick with the rule of thirds...helps in achieving great composition.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Would you share with us your recipe for the winning photo?</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Izkah\'s Winning Photo</center><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nIt was really simple actually...I just processed the raw photo with the FX Photo Studio app using hues...I used blue and green and then pink. Then i used Picframe to make a collage of 3 frames. That\'s it!!\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another Instagram FX Challenge winner interview!! \r\n \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 2 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5197-revision-7','','','2011-09-16 14:34:38','2011-09-16 14:34:38','',5197,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5197-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5210,16,'2011-09-16 14:35:18','2011-09-16 14:35:18','Ok so we realize it\'s been a little tiny bit longer than a week since we posted the last winner, but you\'ll have to forgive us - half of the team was on holiday so we\'re a bit behind ourselves on this...but here it is at last the Instagram FX Challenge Week 2 Winner, and it\'s a darn good one if we do say so ourselves!! \r\n\r\nRemember...you can join the Instagram FX Challenge too! Check out all of the entry requirements <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/instagram-fx-challenge-week-1.html\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Rules\">here.</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah3.jpg\"  ] <p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo without further adieu, we\'ll introduce you to Instagramer <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/95493/photos\" title=\"Izkah Instagram Inkstagram\">@izkah</a>\r\n\r\nHere\'s a few words from Izkah plus her winning photo (and a few other great ones) below...\r\n\r\n<h4>Izkah, tell us a little bit about yourself.</h4>\r\n\r\nIve always loved taking pictures, but its mostly pictures of me. My husband introduced me to Instagram October of last year. Unfortunately I only had an iPod touch at the time and the picture quality on it wasn\'t that good. So I got an iPhone 4 the next month for my birthday and Ive been hooked on Instagram ever since!! The thing i love about iPhoneography is that its no frills photography. You take a shot, you edit and you post it. No change of lenses, no aperture settings, no changing of shutter speed and so on ... I dont even understand those terms to tell you the truth! My husband has tried to explain it to me a thousand times and I still don\'t get it. Thats why I love iPhoneography....as an amateur, it showcases my skill in taking pictures, pushes me to see things in a different light and with the use of photography apps, helps me edit and transform my pictures into a work of art without the hassle of using expensive DSLRs. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any tips to share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI\'m not sure I\'m in a place where I should be giving tips just yet, but from what I\'ve learned from using Instagram for almost a year now is to keep taking lots of pictures. Just keep shooting, you never know when you might get that perfect shot! Another thing is to look for colors that pop, contrasting colors make for an eye-catching photo that will definitely take u to pop page. Lastly, try to stick with the rule of thirds...helps in achieving great composition.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Would you share with us your recipe for the winning photo?</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Izkah\'s Winning Photo</center><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nIt was really simple actually...I just processed the raw photo with the FX Photo Studio app using hues...I used blue and green and then pink. Then i used Picframe to make a collage of 3 frames. That\'s it!!\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another Instagram FX Challenge winner interview!! \r\n \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 2 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5197-revision-8','','','2011-09-16 14:35:18','2011-09-16 14:35:18','',5197,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5197-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5211,16,'2011-09-16 13:47:59','2011-09-16 13:47:59','Our iPhoneography With...series continues and this week we are very happy to introduce Jack Hollingsworth, all the way from Austin, Texas. You may already be familiar with his work as his long-spanning photography career has taken him across the globe shooting everything including people, products, and places! We were blown away when we first saw what Jack could do with an iPhone and we\'re pretty sure you will be too. Oh and a little birdie told us that you might be seeing Jack around here more frequently...watch this space for more details...\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"402\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Jack\'s photos on Instagram <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/2439781/photos\" title=\"Jack Hollingsworth Instagram Inkstagram Feed\">@jackhollingsworth</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\r\n','iPhoneography With Jack Hollingsworth','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-25','','','2011-09-16 13:47:59','2011-09-16 13:47:59','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-25.html',0,'revision','',0),(5212,16,'2011-09-26 08:00:17','2011-09-26 08:00:17','Check it out we\'ve got another winner for the Instagram FX Challenge. Are you starting to see a recurring thing here? Yes that\'s right, every week there\'s a new winner...so why don\'t you get onboard this week and see if you can be the one?! It\'s really simple...just check out the entry details <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/949012/photos\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Inkstagram Feed\">here</a>, and upload your photos!! \r\n\r\nThis week\'s winner is <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/5813562/photos\" title=\"Ophio Inkstagram \">@ophio</a> and we\'re mightily impressed with his photos and we\'re pretty sure you will be too!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What do you love about iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n\r\nWell, I\'m currently one of 2 animation directors on season 2 of the all new My Little Pony. I\'ve been in the animation industry since 1997. I\'ve always been an artist, but I never really got into photography until the last few years. I think it started when I downloaded the hipstamatic App on my iPhone, and since then I\'ve been a little bit obsessed with taking photos everywhere and anywhere. Now that I\'ve discovered Instagram my photo craze has tripled... every day I\'m inspired by other photographers that completely humble me with their amazing photos!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your top tip for other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy tips for iPhonographers... Just keep shooting! Hmmm, and maybe slow down to take a photo... I used to be a point and click phototgrapher, a lot of the time not even looking through the view finder, and hoping I caught something good. Now I tend to take a little extra time to find the perfect composition. Everything is digital, so you can\'t really waste film... take 10-20 photos of the same thing changing the angles just a bit. Sometimes it can make a huge difference between a good photo, and GREAT photo! Lastly, download some editing apps... they can be lots of fun, while at the same time really making your photos stand out!\r\n\r\n<h4>Share with us the \"recipe\" you used for the winning photograph.</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiowin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph Before FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiefinal.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph After FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\nI think the key is to start with a good solid photo... I chose the one of my son Jumping because it was clear and well framed. I wanted to make it look surreal so I added the ripple effect to everything except My son jumping and the foreground edges so it looked like he had something solid to jump off and land on... then I just tried a bunch of different FX until I decided on the pencil sketch to make it look like a different reality.\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another winner! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 3 Winner','','publish','open','open','','instagram-fx-challenge-week-3-winner','','','2011-09-26 09:09:47','2011-09-26 09:09:47','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5212',0,'post','',0),(5213,16,'2011-09-16 15:03:33','2011-09-16 15:03:33','Ok so we realize it\'s been a little tiny bit longer than a week since we posted the last winner, but you\'ll have to forgive us - half of the team was on holiday so we\'re a bit behind ourselves on this...but here it is at last the Instagram FX Challenge Week 2 Winner, and it\'s a darn good one if we do say so ourselves!! \r\n\r\nRemember...you can join the Instagram FX Challenge too! Check out all of the entry requirements <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/949012/photos\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Rules\">here.</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah3.jpg\"  ] <p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo without further adieu, we\'ll introduce you to Instagramer <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/95493/photos\" title=\"Izkah Instagram Inkstagram\">@izkah</a>\r\n\r\nHere\'s a few words from Izkah plus her winning photo (and a few other great ones) below...\r\n\r\n<h4>Izkah, tell us a little bit about yourself.</h4>\r\n\r\nIve always loved taking pictures, but its mostly pictures of me. My husband introduced me to Instagram October of last year. Unfortunately I only had an iPod touch at the time and the picture quality on it wasn\'t that good. So I got an iPhone 4 the next month for my birthday and Ive been hooked on Instagram ever since!! The thing i love about iPhoneography is that its no frills photography. You take a shot, you edit and you post it. No change of lenses, no aperture settings, no changing of shutter speed and so on ... I dont even understand those terms to tell you the truth! My husband has tried to explain it to me a thousand times and I still don\'t get it. Thats why I love iPhoneography....as an amateur, it showcases my skill in taking pictures, pushes me to see things in a different light and with the use of photography apps, helps me edit and transform my pictures into a work of art without the hassle of using expensive DSLRs. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any tips to share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI\'m not sure I\'m in a place where I should be giving tips just yet, but from what I\'ve learned from using Instagram for almost a year now is to keep taking lots of pictures. Just keep shooting, you never know when you might get that perfect shot! Another thing is to look for colors that pop, contrasting colors make for an eye-catching photo that will definitely take u to pop page. Lastly, try to stick with the rule of thirds...helps in achieving great composition.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Would you share with us your recipe for the winning photo?</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Izkah\'s Winning Photo</center><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nIt was really simple actually...I just processed the raw photo with the FX Photo Studio app using hues...I used blue and green and then pink. Then i used Picframe to make a collage of 3 frames. That\'s it!!\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another Instagram FX Challenge winner interview!! \r\n \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 2 Winner','','inherit','open','open','','5197-autosave','','','2011-09-16 15:03:33','2011-09-16 15:03:33','',5197,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5197-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(5214,16,'2011-09-16 15:11:47','2011-09-16 15:11:47','Check it out we\'ve got another winner for the Instagram FX Challenge. Are you starting to see a pattern here? Yes that\'s right, every week there\'s a new winner...so why don\'t you get onboard this week and see if you can be the one?! It\'s really simple...just check out the entry details <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/949012/photos\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Inkstagram Feed\">here</a>, and upload your photos!! \n\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 3 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5212-revision','','','2011-09-16 15:11:47','2011-09-16 15:11:47','',5212,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5212-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5215,16,'2011-09-16 15:32:04','2011-09-16 15:32:04','','ophio1','','inherit','open','open','','ophio1','','','2011-09-16 15:32:04','2011-09-16 15:32:04','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5216,16,'2011-09-16 15:32:08','2011-09-16 15:32:08','','ophio2','','inherit','open','open','','ophio2','','','2011-09-16 15:32:08','2011-09-16 15:32:08','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5217,16,'2011-09-16 15:32:11','2011-09-16 15:32:11','','ophio3','','inherit','open','open','','ophio3','','','2011-09-16 15:32:11','2011-09-16 15:32:11','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5218,16,'2011-09-16 15:32:15','2011-09-16 15:32:15','','ophiowin','','inherit','open','open','','ophiowin','','','2011-09-16 15:32:15','2011-09-16 15:32:15','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiowin.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5219,16,'2011-09-16 16:02:14','2011-09-16 16:02:14','','ophiefinal','','inherit','open','open','','ophiefinal','','','2011-09-16 16:02:14','2011-09-16 16:02:14','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiefinal.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5220,16,'2011-09-16 15:13:47','2011-09-16 15:13:47','Check it out we\'ve got another winner for the Instagram FX Challenge. Are you starting to see a recurring thing here? Yes that\'s right, every week there\'s a new winner...so why don\'t you get onboard this week and see if you can be the one?! It\'s really simple...just check out the entry details <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/949012/photos\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Inkstagram Feed\">here</a>, and upload your photos!! \n\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 3 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5212-revision-2','','','2011-09-16 15:13:47','2011-09-16 15:13:47','',5212,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5212-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5221,16,'2011-09-16 16:03:21','2011-09-16 16:03:21','Check it out we\'ve got another winner for the Instagram FX Challenge. Are you starting to see a recurring thing here? Yes that\'s right, every week there\'s a new winner...so why don\'t you get onboard this week and see if you can be the one?! It\'s really simple...just check out the entry details <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/949012/photos\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Inkstagram Feed\">here</a>, and upload your photos!! \r\n\r\nThis week\'s winner is <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/5813562/photos\" title=\"Ophio Inkstagram \">@ophio</a> and we\'re mightily impressed with his photos and we\'re pretty sure you will be too!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What do you love about iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n\r\nWell, I\'m currently one of 2 animation directors on season 2 of the all new My Little Pony. I\'ve been in the animation industry since 1997. I\'ve always been an artist, but I never really got into photography until the last few years. I think it started when I downloaded the hipstamatic App on my iPhone, and since then I\'ve been a little bit obsessed with taking photos everywhere and anywhere. Now that I\'ve discovered Instagram my photo craze has tripled... every day I\'m inspired by other photographers that completely humble me with their amazing photos!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your top tip for other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy tips for iPhonographers... Just keep shooting! Hmmm, and maybe slow down to take a photo... I used to be a point and click phototgrapher, a lot of the time not even looking through the view finder, and hoping I caught something good. Now I tend to take a little extra time to find the perfect composition. Everything is digital, so you can\'t really waste film... take 10-20 photos of the same thing changing the angles just a bit. Sometimes it can make a huge difference between a good photo, and GREAT photo! Lastly, download some editing apps... they can be lots of fun, while at the same time really making your photos stand out!\r\n\r\n<h4>Share with us the \"recipe\" you used for the winning photograph.</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiowin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph Before FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiofinal.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph After FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\nI think the key is to start with a good solid photo... I chose the one of my son Jumping because it was clear and well framed. I wanted to make it look surreal so I added the ripple effect to everything except My son jumping and the foreground edges so it looked like he had something solid to jump off and land on... then I just tried a bunch of different FX until I decided on the pencil sketch to make it look like a different reality.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another winner! \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 3 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5212-revision-3','','','2011-09-16 16:03:21','2011-09-16 16:03:21','',5212,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5212-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5222,16,'2011-09-16 16:04:59','2011-09-16 16:04:59','Check it out we\'ve got another winner for the Instagram FX Challenge. Are you starting to see a recurring thing here? Yes that\'s right, every week there\'s a new winner...so why don\'t you get onboard this week and see if you can be the one?! It\'s really simple...just check out the entry details <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/949012/photos\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Inkstagram Feed\">here</a>, and upload your photos!! \r\n\r\nThis week\'s winner is <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/5813562/photos\" title=\"Ophio Inkstagram \">@ophio</a> and we\'re mightily impressed with his photos and we\'re pretty sure you will be too!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What do you love about iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n\r\nWell, I\'m currently one of 2 animation directors on season 2 of the all new My Little Pony. I\'ve been in the animation industry since 1997. I\'ve always been an artist, but I never really got into photography until the last few years. I think it started when I downloaded the hipstamatic App on my iPhone, and since then I\'ve been a little bit obsessed with taking photos everywhere and anywhere. Now that I\'ve discovered Instagram my photo craze has tripled... every day I\'m inspired by other photographers that completely humble me with their amazing photos!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your top tip for other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy tips for iPhonographers... Just keep shooting! Hmmm, and maybe slow down to take a photo... I used to be a point and click phototgrapher, a lot of the time not even looking through the view finder, and hoping I caught something good. Now I tend to take a little extra time to find the perfect composition. Everything is digital, so you can\'t really waste film... take 10-20 photos of the same thing changing the angles just a bit. Sometimes it can make a huge difference between a good photo, and GREAT photo! Lastly, download some editing apps... they can be lots of fun, while at the same time really making your photos stand out!\r\n\r\n<h4>Share with us the \"recipe\" you used for the winning photograph.</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiowin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph Before FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiofinal.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph After FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\nI think the key is to start with a good solid photo... I chose the one of my son Jumping because it was clear and well framed. I wanted to make it look surreal so I added the ripple effect to everything except My son jumping and the foreground edges so it looked like he had something solid to jump off and land on... then I just tried a bunch of different FX until I decided on the pencil sketch to make it look like a different reality.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another winner! \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 3 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5212-revision-4','','','2011-09-16 16:04:59','2011-09-16 16:04:59','',5212,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5212-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5223,16,'2011-09-16 16:05:34','2011-09-16 16:05:34','Check it out we\'ve got another winner for the Instagram FX Challenge. Are you starting to see a recurring thing here? Yes that\'s right, every week there\'s a new winner...so why don\'t you get onboard this week and see if you can be the one?! It\'s really simple...just check out the entry details <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/949012/photos\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Inkstagram Feed\">here</a>, and upload your photos!! \r\n\r\nThis week\'s winner is <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/5813562/photos\" title=\"Ophio Inkstagram \">@ophio</a> and we\'re mightily impressed with his photos and we\'re pretty sure you will be too!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What do you love about iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n\r\nWell, I\'m currently one of 2 animation directors on season 2 of the all new My Little Pony. I\'ve been in the animation industry since 1997. I\'ve always been an artist, but I never really got into photography until the last few years. I think it started when I downloaded the hipstamatic App on my iPhone, and since then I\'ve been a little bit obsessed with taking photos everywhere and anywhere. Now that I\'ve discovered Instagram my photo craze has tripled... every day I\'m inspired by other photographers that completely humble me with their amazing photos!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your top tip for other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy tips for iPhonographers... Just keep shooting! Hmmm, and maybe slow down to take a photo... I used to be a point and click phototgrapher, a lot of the time not even looking through the view finder, and hoping I caught something good. Now I tend to take a little extra time to find the perfect composition. Everything is digital, so you can\'t really waste film... take 10-20 photos of the same thing changing the angles just a bit. Sometimes it can make a huge difference between a good photo, and GREAT photo! Lastly, download some editing apps... they can be lots of fun, while at the same time really making your photos stand out!\r\n\r\n<h4>Share with us the \"recipe\" you used for the winning photograph.</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiowin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph Before FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiefinal.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph After FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\nI think the key is to start with a good solid photo... I chose the one of my son Jumping because it was clear and well framed. I wanted to make it look surreal so I added the ripple effect to everything except My son jumping and the foreground edges so it looked like he had something solid to jump off and land on... then I just tried a bunch of different FX until I decided on the pencil sketch to make it look like a different reality.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another winner! \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 3 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5212-revision-5','','','2011-09-16 16:05:34','2011-09-16 16:05:34','',5212,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5212-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5224,16,'2011-09-16 16:08:13','2011-09-16 16:08:13','Check it out we\'ve got another winner for the Instagram FX Challenge. Are you starting to see a recurring thing here? Yes that\'s right, every week there\'s a new winner...so why don\'t you get onboard this week and see if you can be the one?! It\'s really simple...just check out the entry details <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/949012/photos\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Inkstagram Feed\">here</a>, and upload your photos!! \r\n\r\nThis week\'s winner is <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/5813562/photos\" title=\"Ophio Inkstagram \">@ophio</a> and we\'re mightily impressed with his photos and we\'re pretty sure you will be too!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What do you love about iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n\r\nWell, I\'m currently one of 2 animation directors on season 2 of the all new My Little Pony. I\'ve been in the animation industry since 1997. I\'ve always been an artist, but I never really got into photography until the last few years. I think it started when I downloaded the hipstamatic App on my iPhone, and since then I\'ve been a little bit obsessed with taking photos everywhere and anywhere. Now that I\'ve discovered Instagram my photo craze has tripled... every day I\'m inspired by other photographers that completely humble me with their amazing photos!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your top tip for other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy tips for iPhonographers... Just keep shooting! Hmmm, and maybe slow down to take a photo... I used to be a point and click phototgrapher, a lot of the time not even looking through the view finder, and hoping I caught something good. Now I tend to take a little extra time to find the perfect composition. Everything is digital, so you can\'t really waste film... take 10-20 photos of the same thing changing the angles just a bit. Sometimes it can make a huge difference between a good photo, and GREAT photo! Lastly, download some editing apps... they can be lots of fun, while at the same time really making your photos stand out!\r\n\r\n<h4>Share with us the \"recipe\" you used for the winning photograph.</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiowin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph Before FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiefinal.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph After FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\nI think the key is to start with a good solid photo... I chose the one of my son Jumping because it was clear and well framed. I wanted to make it look surreal so I added the ripple effect to everything except My son jumping and the foreground edges so it looked like he had something solid to jump off and land on... then I just tried a bunch of different FX until I decided on the pencil sketch to make it look like a different reality.\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another winner! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 3 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5212-revision-6','','','2011-09-16 16:08:13','2011-09-16 16:08:13','',5212,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5212-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5225,16,'2011-09-16 16:10:17','2011-09-16 16:10:17','Check it out we\'ve got another winner for the Instagram FX Challenge. Are you starting to see a recurring thing here? Yes that\'s right, every week there\'s a new winner...so why don\'t you get onboard this week and see if you can be the one?! It\'s really simple...just check out the entry details <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/949012/photos\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Inkstagram Feed\">here</a>, and upload your photos!! \r\n\r\nThis week\'s winner is <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/5813562/photos\" title=\"Ophio Inkstagram \">@ophio</a> and we\'re mightily impressed with his photos and we\'re pretty sure you will be too!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What do you love about iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n\r\nWell, I\'m currently one of 2 animation directors on season 2 of the all new My Little Pony. I\'ve been in the animation industry since 1997. I\'ve always been an artist, but I never really got into photography until the last few years. I think it started when I downloaded the hipstamatic App on my iPhone, and since then I\'ve been a little bit obsessed with taking photos everywhere and anywhere. Now that I\'ve discovered Instagram my photo craze has tripled... every day I\'m inspired by other photographers that completely humble me with their amazing photos!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your top tip for other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy tips for iPhonographers... Just keep shooting! Hmmm, and maybe slow down to take a photo... I used to be a point and click phototgrapher, a lot of the time not even looking through the view finder, and hoping I caught something good. Now I tend to take a little extra time to find the perfect composition. Everything is digital, so you can\'t really waste film... take 10-20 photos of the same thing changing the angles just a bit. Sometimes it can make a huge difference between a good photo, and GREAT photo! Lastly, download some editing apps... they can be lots of fun, while at the same time really making your photos stand out!\r\n\r\n<h4>Share with us the \"recipe\" you used for the winning photograph.</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiowin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph Before FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophiefinal.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Ophio\'s Winning Photograph After FX Photo Studio</center>\r\n\r\nI think the key is to start with a good solid photo... I chose the one of my son Jumping because it was clear and well framed. I wanted to make it look surreal so I added the ripple effect to everything except My son jumping and the foreground edges so it looked like he had something solid to jump off and land on... then I just tried a bunch of different FX until I decided on the pencil sketch to make it look like a different reality.\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another winner! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/ophio3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 3 Winner ','','inherit','open','open','','5212-revision-7','','','2011-09-16 16:10:17','2011-09-16 16:10:17','',5212,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5212-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5226,16,'2011-09-16 14:36:16','2011-09-16 14:36:16','Ok so we realize it\'s been a little tiny bit longer than a week since we posted the last winner, but you\'ll have to forgive us - half of the team was on holiday so we\'re a bit behind ourselves on this...but here it is at last the Instagram FX Challenge Week 2 Winner, and it\'s a darn good one if we do say so ourselves!! \r\n\r\nRemember...you can join the Instagram FX Challenge too! Check out all of the entry requirements <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/instagram-fx-challenge-week-1.html\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge Rules\">here.</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah3.jpg\"  ] <p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo without further adieu, we\'ll introduce you to Instagramer <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/95493/photos\" title=\"Izkah Instagram Inkstagram\">@izkah</a>\r\n\r\nHere\'s a few words from Izkah plus her winning photo (and a few other great ones) below...\r\n\r\n<h4>Izkah, tell us a little bit about yourself.</h4>\r\n\r\nIve always loved taking pictures, but its mostly pictures of me. My husband introduced me to Instagram October of last year. Unfortunately I only had an iPod touch at the time and the picture quality on it wasn\'t that good. So I got an iPhone 4 the next month for my birthday and Ive been hooked on Instagram ever since!! The thing i love about iPhoneography is that its no frills photography. You take a shot, you edit and you post it. No change of lenses, no aperture settings, no changing of shutter speed and so on ... I dont even understand those terms to tell you the truth! My husband has tried to explain it to me a thousand times and I still don\'t get it. Thats why I love iPhoneography....as an amateur, it showcases my skill in taking pictures, pushes me to see things in a different light and with the use of photography apps, helps me edit and transform my pictures into a work of art without the hassle of using expensive DSLRs. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any tips to share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI\'m not sure I\'m in a place where I should be giving tips just yet, but from what I\'ve learned from using Instagram for almost a year now is to keep taking lots of pictures. Just keep shooting, you never know when you might get that perfect shot! Another thing is to look for colors that pop, contrasting colors make for an eye-catching photo that will definitely take u to pop page. Lastly, try to stick with the rule of thirds...helps in achieving great composition.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkah.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Would you share with us your recipe for the winning photo?</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izkahwin.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Izkah\'s Winning Photo</center><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nIt was really simple actually...I just processed the raw photo with the FX Photo Studio app using hues...I used blue and green and then pink. Then i used Picframe to make a collage of 3 frames. That\'s it!!\r\n\r\nTune in next week for another Instagram FX Challenge winner interview!! \r\n \r\n','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 2 Winner','','inherit','open','open','','5197-revision-9','','','2011-09-16 14:36:16','2011-09-16 14:36:16','',5197,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5197-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5227,16,'2011-09-16 14:36:25','2011-09-16 14:36:25','Our iPhoneography With...series continues and this week we are very happy to introduce Jack Hollingsworth, all the way from Austin, Texas. You may already be familiar with his work as his long-spanning photography career has taken him across the globe shooting everything including people, products, and places! We were blown away when we first saw what Jack could do with an iPhone and we\'re pretty sure you will be too. Oh and a little birdie told us that you might be seeing Jack around here more frequently...watch this space for more details...\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"402\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Jack\'s photos on Instagram <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/2439781/photos\" title=\"Jack Hollingsworth Instagram Inkstagram Feed\">@jackhollingsworth</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\r\n','iPhoneography With Jack Hollingsworth','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-26','','','2011-09-16 14:36:25','2011-09-16 14:36:25','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-26.html',0,'revision','',0),(5229,16,'2011-09-19 08:01:13','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Another winner!! Join the #instagram FX Challenge with @fxphotostudio @thebeginnerslens &amp; @keepsy and win! http://tinyurl.com/3drrx6f','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-19 08:01:13','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5229',0,'tweet','',0),(5230,16,'2011-09-22 08:00:43','2011-09-22 08:00:43','Last week, we began a new series here on The Beginners Lens...a backstage look into the world of app development. We kicked off meeting the fine folks behind infographic creator app, <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/meet-the-developers-dear-future-astronaut.html\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">Photo Stats.</a> This week we\'ve managed to catch up with Takayuki Fukatsu, the developer of one of the most popular fake miniature photo creators, the TiltShift Generator! If you\'re a fan of fake miniature photos, you\'ll definitely want to read this!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"340\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my individual brand, for which I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on it?</h4>\r\n\r\nYep, as mentioned above my flagship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\r\n\r\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \r\n\r\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.\r\n\r\nTune in next week to get all the dirt on the development of photo-editing giant FX Photo Studio! ','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile - TiltShift Generator','','publish','open','open','','meet-the-developers-art-mobile-tiltshift-generator','','\nhttp://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/meet-the-developers-dear-future-astronaut.html','2011-09-23 10:55:44','2011-09-23 10:55:44','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5230',0,'post','',0),(5231,16,'2011-09-19 09:55:51','2011-09-19 09:55:51','<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\n\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\n\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nArt & Mobile is my individual activity, I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project, e.g. Takuma Mori did main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I did user interface.\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on the app?</h4>\n\nYep my flag ship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\n\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \n\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision','','','2011-09-19 09:55:51','2011-09-19 09:55:51','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5232,16,'2011-09-19 09:56:44','2011-09-19 09:56:44','<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my individual activity, I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on the app?</h4>\r\n\r\nYep my flag ship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\r\n\r\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \r\n\r\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision-2','','','2011-09-19 09:56:44','2011-09-19 09:56:44','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5233,16,'2011-09-19 09:57:19','2011-09-19 09:57:19','<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my individual activity, I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on the app?</h4>\r\n\r\nYep my flag ship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\r\n\r\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \r\n\r\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision-3','','','2011-09-19 09:57:19','2011-09-19 09:57:19','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5234,16,'2011-09-19 09:57:33','2011-09-19 09:57:33','<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my individual activity, I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on the app?</h4>\r\n\r\nYep my flag ship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\r\n\r\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \r\n\r\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision-4','','','2011-09-19 09:57:33','2011-09-19 09:57:33','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5235,16,'2011-09-19 10:03:22','2011-09-19 10:03:22','<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\n\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\n\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nArt & Mobile is my individual brand, for which I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on it?</h4>\n\nYep, as mentioned above my flagship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\n\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \n\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile - TiltShift Generator','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision-5','','','2011-09-19 10:03:22','2011-09-19 10:03:22','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5236,16,'2011-09-19 10:08:53','2011-09-19 10:08:53','','tilt1','','inherit','open','open','','tilt1','','','2011-09-19 10:08:53','2011-09-19 10:08:53','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5237,16,'2011-09-19 10:09:43','2011-09-19 10:09:43','','tilt2','','inherit','open','open','','tilt2','','','2011-09-19 10:09:43','2011-09-19 10:09:43','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5238,16,'2011-09-19 10:09:49','2011-09-19 10:09:49','','tilt3','','inherit','open','open','','tilt3','','','2011-09-19 10:09:49','2011-09-19 10:09:49','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5239,16,'2011-09-19 10:09:56','2011-09-19 10:09:56','','tilt4','','inherit','open','open','','tilt4','','','2011-09-19 10:09:56','2011-09-19 10:09:56','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5240,16,'2011-09-19 10:13:32','2011-09-19 10:13:32','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"340\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\n\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nArt & Mobile is my individual brand, for which I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on it?</h4>\n\nYep, as mentioned above my flagship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\n\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \n\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt4.jpg\"  ]#\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile - TiltShift Generator','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision-6','','','2011-09-19 10:13:32','2011-09-19 10:13:32','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5241,16,'2011-09-19 10:14:32','2011-09-19 10:14:32','Last week, we began a <a href=\"#\" title=\"#\">LINK</a>new series here on The Beginners Lens...a backstage look into the world of app development. [imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"340\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\n\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nArt & Mobile is my individual brand, for which I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on it?</h4>\n\nYep, as mentioned above my flagship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\n\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \n\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile - TiltShift Generator','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision-7','','','2011-09-19 10:14:32','2011-09-19 10:14:32','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5242,16,'2011-09-19 10:16:47','2011-09-19 10:16:47','Last week, we began a new series here on The Beginners Lens...a backstage look into the world of app development. We kicked off meeting the fine folks behind infographic creator app, <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/meet-the-developers-dear-future-astronaut.html\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">Photo Stats.</a> This week we\'ve managed to catch up with the developer of one of the most popular photo-editing apps, the TiltShift Generator! If you\'re a fan of fake miniature photos, you\'ll definitely want to read this!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"340\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my individual brand, for which I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on it?</h4>\r\n\r\nYep, as mentioned above my flagship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\r\n\r\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \r\n\r\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile - TiltShift Generator','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision-8','','','2011-09-19 10:16:47','2011-09-19 10:16:47','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5243,16,'2011-09-19 10:16:53','2011-09-19 10:16:53','Last week, we began a new series here on The Beginners Lens...a backstage look into the world of app development. We kicked off meeting the fine folks behind infographic creator app, <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/meet-the-developers-dear-future-astronaut.html\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">Photo Stats.</a> This week we\'ve managed to catch up with the developer of one of the most popular photo-editing apps, the TiltShift Generator! If you\'re a fan of fake miniature photos, you\'ll definitely want to read this!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"340\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my individual brand, for which I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on it?</h4>\r\n\r\nYep, as mentioned above my flagship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\r\n\r\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \r\n\r\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile - TiltShift Generator','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision-9','','','2011-09-19 10:16:53','2011-09-19 10:16:53','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5244,16,'2011-09-19 10:22:00','2011-09-19 10:22:00','Last week, we began a new series here on The Beginners Lens...a backstage look into the world of app development. We kicked off meeting the fine folks behind infographic creator app, <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/meet-the-developers-dear-future-astronaut.html\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">Photo Stats.</a> This week we\'ve managed to catch up with Takayuki Fukatsu, the developer of one of the most popular fake miniature photo creators, the TiltShift Generator! If you\'re a fan of fake miniature photos, you\'ll definitely want to read this!! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"340\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\n\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nArt & Mobile is my individual brand, for which I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on it?</h4>\n\nYep, as mentioned above my flagship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\n\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \n\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.\n\nTune in next week to get all the dirt on the development of photo-editing giant FX Photo Studio! ','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile - TiltShift Generator','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision-10','','','2011-09-19 10:22:00','2011-09-19 10:22:00','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5245,16,'2011-09-19 10:23:43','2011-09-19 10:23:43','Last week, we began a new series here on The Beginners Lens...a backstage look into the world of app development. We kicked off meeting the fine folks behind infographic creator app, <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/meet-the-developers-dear-future-astronaut.html\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">Photo Stats.</a> This week we\'ve managed to catch up with Takayuki Fukatsu, the developer of one of the most popular fake miniature photo creators, the TiltShift Generator! If you\'re a fan of fake miniature photos, you\'ll definitely want to read this!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"340\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my individual brand, for which I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on it?</h4>\r\n\r\nYep, as mentioned above my flagship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\r\n\r\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \r\n\r\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.\r\n\r\nTune in next week to get all the dirt on the development of photo-editing giant FX Photo Studio! ','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile - TiltShift Generator','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision-11','','','2011-09-19 10:23:43','2011-09-19 10:23:43','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(5246,16,'2011-09-19 11:06:50','2011-09-19 11:06:50','','19sept1','','inherit','open','open','','19sept1','','','2011-09-19 11:06:50','2011-09-19 11:06:50','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/19sept1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5247,16,'2011-09-19 11:06:55','2011-09-19 11:06:55','','19sept2','','inherit','open','open','','19sept2','','','2011-09-19 11:06:55','2011-09-19 11:06:55','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/19sept2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5248,16,'2011-09-19 11:07:00','2011-09-19 11:07:00','','19sept3','','inherit','open','open','','19sept3','','','2011-09-19 11:07:00','2011-09-19 11:07:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/19sept3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5249,16,'2011-09-19 11:07:04','2011-09-19 11:07:04','','19sept4','','inherit','open','open','','19sept4','','','2011-09-19 11:07:04','2011-09-19 11:07:04','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/19sept4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5250,16,'2011-09-05 21:18:24','2011-09-05 21:18:24','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"05August\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/tipstricksad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=2c20bfda51\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=2c20bfda51&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-33','','','2011-09-05 21:18:24','2011-09-05 21:18:24','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-33.html',0,'revision','',0),(5251,16,'2011-09-19 11:18:30','2011-09-19 11:18:30','First off, we definitely don’t think you’re a dummy! But, maybe you’ve had your eye on a DSLR for a while now, and you just can’t seem to make the full commitment to purchasing one. Or perhaps you’ve already bought a DSLR but haven’t had time to learn how to use it. We get it!<br><br>\r\nHaving a DSLR is no fun if you feel totally overwhelmed and don’t know where to start! So to help you learn the basics, we’ve put together a DSLR For Dummies guide. We’re hoping to make things nice and simple so that you can master the terms and skills you need to get great photos with your DSLR (without all the hassle)!<br><br><br>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"[[ 128/365 ]], on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/e94a/4911415413/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/DSLRDummies1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>[[ 128/365 ]]</em>\r\nPhoto by Erin</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nLet’s start from the beginning – why would you want a DSLR over a regular compact, or point & shoot camera? There are several reasons:<br><br>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><strong>Great depth of field</strong>. Don’t be put off by the technical-sounding term, it simply means that a DSLR gives you the opportunity to take photos with everything in focus, or with beautiful blurred backgrounds. In the photography world, the blurred background technique is known as Bokeh, a Japanese expression. Of course, it’s not just either or, there’s a whole spectrum of possibility when it comes to depth of field in photos taken with a DSLR.</li>\r\n<li><strong>Flexibility and creativity</strong>. There’s a great deal of choice when it comes to lenses available for a DSLR, giving you a much wider creative scope. Most DSLRs come with a kit lens that is typically 18-55mm - a good all-rounder. Budget permitting you can add any number of lenses to your kit to get different results. Some typical lenses are telephoto, zoom, wide angle, fish eye, and prime (also called fixed focal-length). If you were to splurge on one lens to get your kit started, go for a 50mm fixed focal length with a minimum f1.8 aperture. Without getting too technical, the aperture is the hole that lets the light into your camera. A small aperture number (like 1.8) actually denotes a large aperture hole. This lens will give you fantastic depth of field, plus it’s perfect for portraits and family shots. Another great lens for beginners is an 18-250mm lens. It allows for wide angle photos, but you can also zoom in close to the subject without changing lenses. Great for keeping things simple!</li>\r\n<li><strong>Better photos in low light, without a flash</strong>. Due to the large sensor of the DSLR you’ll get better photos with less light – provided that your model is not a squirming 2-year old!</li>\r\n<li><strong>White Balance allows for true-to-life colors</strong>. The white balance is great for correcting color before taking a photo so that the resulting image is more life-like. The white balance presets will help you avoid overly yellow, green, or blue-tinted photos.</li>\r\n<li><strong>Easier photo editing</strong>. DSLR cameras have the option of shooting in two different formats, namely JPG or RAW. The RAW format uses more space on your memory card and your hard drive, but because it does not compress any of the data as a JPG does, you have more flexibility when it comes to editing. A great feature for cropping or printing your photos!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nAs you can see there’s a plethora of benefits that come along with upgrading from an everyday compact camera to a DSLR. So with that said, we’ll let you digest all the reasons you should get a DSLR, and we’ll be back in the next few days with another DSLR For Dummies guide to help you get out of the fallback Auto Mode!<br><br>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/dslr-for-dummies-part-2.html\" title=\"Read Part 2 of DSLR For Dummies\">Read Part 2 >></a>\r\n\r\nThis post also appears on <a href=\"http://lookwhatmomfound.com/2011/07/dslr-for-dummies.html\" title=\"DSLR For Dummies on Look What Mom Found\">Look What Mom Found.</a>','DSLR For Dummies - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4879-autosave','','','2011-09-19 11:18:30','2011-09-19 11:18:30','',4879,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4879-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(5252,16,'2011-09-05 08:21:20','2011-09-05 08:21:20','First off, we definitely don’t think you’re a dummy! But, maybe you’ve had your eye on a DSLR for a while now, and you just can’t seem to make the full commitment to purchasing one. Or perhaps you’ve already bought a DSLR but haven’t had time to learn how to use it. We get it!<br><br>\r\nHaving a DSLR is no fun if you feel totally overwhelmed and don’t know where to start! So to help you learn the basics, we’ve put together a DSLR For Dummies guide. We’re hoping to make things nice and simple so that you can master the terms and skills you need to get great photos with your DSLR (without all the hassle)!<br><br><br>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"[[ 128/365 ]], on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/e94a/4911415413/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/DSLRDummies1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>[[ 128/365 ]]</em>\r\nPhoto by Erin</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nLet’s start from the beginning – why would you want a DSLR over a regular compact, or point & shoot camera? There are several reasons:<br><br>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><strong>Great depth of field</strong>. Don’t be put off by the technical-sounding term, it simply means that a DSLR gives you the opportunity to take photos with everything in focus, or with beautiful blurred backgrounds. In the photography world, the blurred background technique is known as Bokeh, a Japanese expression. Of course, it’s not just either or, there’s a whole spectrum of possibility when it comes to depth of field in photos taken with a DSLR.</li>\r\n<li><strong>Flexibility and creativity</strong>. There’s a great deal of choice when it comes to lenses available for a DSLR, giving you a much wider creative scope. Most DSLRs come with a kit lens that is typically 18-55mm - a good all-rounder. Budget permitting you can add any number of lenses to your kit to get different results. Some typical lenses are telephoto, zoom, wide angle, fish eye, and prime (also called fixed focal-length). If you were to splurge on one lens to get your kit started, go for a 50mm fixed focal length with a minimum f1.8 aperture. Without getting too technical, the aperture is the hole that lets the light into your camera. A small aperture number (like 1.8) actually denotes a large aperture hole. This lens will give you fantastic depth of field, plus it’s perfect for portraits and family shots. Another great lens for beginners is an 18-250mm lens. It allows for wide angle photos, but you can also zoom in close to the subject without changing lenses. Great for keeping things simple!</li>\r\n<li><strong>Better photos in low light, without a flash</strong>. Due to the large sensor of the DSLR you’ll get better photos with less light – provided that your model is not a squirming 2-year old!</li>\r\n<li><strong>White Balance allows for true-to-life colors</strong>. The white balance is great for correcting color before taking a photo so that the resulting image is more life-like. The white balance presets will help you avoid overly yellow, green, or blue-tinted photos.</li>\r\n<li><strong>Easier photo editing</strong>. DSLR cameras have the option of shooting in two different formats, namely JPG or RAW. The RAW format uses more space on your memory card and your hard drive, but because it does not compress any of the data as a JPG does, you have more flexibility when it comes to editing. A great feature for cropping or printing your photos!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nAs you can see there’s a plethora of benefits that come along with upgrading from an everyday compact camera to a DSLR. So with that said, we’ll let you digest all the reasons you should get a DSLR, and we’ll be back in the next few days with another DSLR For Dummies guide to help you get out of the fallback Auto Mode!<br><br>\r\n\r\nThis post also appears on <a href=\"http://lookwhatmomfound.com/2011/07/dslr-for-dummies.html\" title=\"DSLR For Dummies on Look What Mom Found\">Look What Mom Found.</a>','DSLR For Dummies - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4879-revision-14','','','2011-09-05 08:21:20','2011-09-05 08:21:20','',4879,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4879-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(5253,16,'2011-08-26 10:21:53','2011-08-26 10:21:53','Hello and welcome back to this DSLR For Dummies series. Last week we shared the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/dslr-for-dummies-part-1.html\" title=\"DSLR For Dummies Part 1\">many reasons</a> you might want to get yourself a DSLR camera. This week we’re delving a little bit deeper to help you to move away from the far over-used Auto Mode!<br><br>\r\n\r\n<strong>Your DSLR has a dial on it that probably looks a little something like this: </strong><br><br>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div>[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"336\" height=\"176\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/DSLRDummies2-ModeDials.png\"]</div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis is the mode dial. If you already have a DSLR but haven’t gotten around to learning about the different modes, you’re probably familiar with at least one…the Auto Mode (indicated by the green rectangle on Canon, x on Nikon). This post is going to help you break out of your regular routine and start using the manual controls available to you. \r\n\r\nYou might be wondering why you should use manual controls?\r\n<br><br>\r\nWell it’s about <strong>flexibility</strong>, and more importantly, <strong>getting the photos you really want!</strong> With a little bit of knowledge, and some dedicated practice time you’ll open up a whole new world of photographic possibility. It’s not difficult, but you’ll need to be patient with yourself as you learn something new. \r\n<br><br>\r\nTake a look at the mode dial again. There are several modes to either side of the Auto Mode; these are the presets and the manual modes. Depending on the model you’re using, the presets are likely to be Flash off, Portrait, Landscape, Sports, and Close-up, and perhaps a few more. \r\n<br><br>\r\nOn the other side of the dial you’ll see the manual controls. Just to complicate matters the camera manufacturers like to give their controls similar, yet different annotations so we’ll go through the most commonly used brands here. If you’re a Canon user the manual controls available to you are likely to be TV, AV, and M (at the very least) you may have a few more. If you have a Nikon camera, you’ll see A, S, and M on the mode dial. So what the heck do all of these letters mean anyway? \r\n<br><br>\r\nTV (or S for Nikon users) stands for shutter speed priority, where AV (A) stands for aperture priority, and M denotes the fully manual mode. If you don’t see any of those letters, you should refer to your camera manual. \r\n<br><br>\r\nFor today we’re going to get to grips with the <strong>aperture priority mode</strong>, the easiest of the manual modes. Instead of diving head first into technical jargon, we’ll describe the aperture in terms of what it means to your photos. The aperture determines the depth of field of your photo, or how much of your photo is in focus. You can choose to have the entire scene in focus (as far as the eye can see) or you may want the foreground in focus and the background blurred (which is great for portraits). As you progress with this feature you may want to experiment with having both the foreground and the background out of focus with your subject in the middle! \r\n<br><br>\r\n<strong>Take a look at the examples below:</strong> <br><br>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div>[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/DSLRDummies2-Landscape.jpg\"]</div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAs you can see the photo above has a <strong>large depth of field</strong>, where the whole landscape, including the foreground (the mountain) and the background (the sea) are equally in focus. <br><br>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Flowers Bokeh, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tulasinandan/4515843779/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"281\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/DSLRDummies2-Flower.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Flowers Bokeh</em>\r\nPhoto by Tulasi Nandan Parashar</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nOn the other hand, this photo has a <strong>shallow depth of field</strong>, meaning the subject (the flower) is in focus, but the background is blurred. \r\n<br><br>\r\nOn DSLR cameras <strong>the aperture is indicated by an F-number</strong> in the viewfinder or on the LCD screen. The higher the F-number, the more of the photo will be in focus. On the other hand, if you were taking a photo of a flower and you want the flower to be in focus but the background to be blurred you would use a low F-number. Let’s take the above photos as an example. The landscape image above was taken with a large F-number, to ensure the entire scene is in focus, whereas the image on the right was taken with a small F-number to create the beautiful creamy background. \r\n<br><br>\r\nSo to use the aperture priority mode on your DSLR, move the mode dial to AV (or A for Nikon users) and set the value of the F-number using the command dial. The command dial is usually located on the handgrip, but each camera is different so you may need to refer to your user manual at this point. Once you’ve got your F-number set, the best way to understand how aperture works is to take several photos (of the same scene) with different F-number values to see how changing the F-number value affects the photo.\r\n\r\nStart with the subject close to you (less than a yard or approximately 1 meter away) with a bit of perspective in the scene. Focus on the subject with a large F-number, you should see that everything in focus. Then, decrease the F-number to the lowest number possible, and now you should see the subject in focus but the background blurred. Note that if you zoom in at this point, the blurred effect will be accentuated.\r\n<br><br>\r\nThere you have it, your first steps out of Auto Mode! Easy, right? In the next part of this series, we\'ll take things a little bit further delving into Shutter Priority Mode! \r\n\r\nThis post also appears on <a href=\"http://lookwhatmomfound.com/2011/07/dslr-for-dummies-digital-photography-how-to-series-part-2.html\" title=\"DSLR For Dummies Part 2 on Look What Mom Found\">Look What Mom Found.</a>','DSLR For Dummies - Part 2','','inherit','open','open','','4895-revision-10','','','2011-08-26 10:21:53','2011-08-26 10:21:53','',4895,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4895-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5254,16,'2011-09-09 08:25:05','2011-09-09 08:25:05','To continue our DSLR For Dummies series we’re going to continue with the “get out of Auto Mode” theme, moving on to Shutter Priority Mode. Last week we discussed the Aperture Priority mode and how it can help you get great portraits with blurred (bokeh) backgrounds or sweeping landscapes with everything the eye can see in focus. So whereas Aperture Priority deals with focus, Shutter Priority deals with time. Namely, the length of time the shutter function on the camera is open to allow the light into the sensor.\r\n<br /><br />\r\n<strong>Why is shutter speed important? </strong>\r\n<br /><br />\r\nEver been to a little league game and wanted to catch your munchkin running the bases only to find every photo is blurred? This happens when the shutter speed is not fast enough to capture the action, so taking control of the shutter speed on your camera is a great way to ensure you don’t miss those precious action shots!\r\nShutter speed is also important when you want to get adventurous and start experimenting with night photography, capturing light trails, blurring or stopping moving objects on camera. For now we’ll stick to the basics - capturing great family action shots when you need to.\r\n<br /><br />\r\nThe Shutter Priority mode on your camera is located on the mode dial and is indicated by TV (for Canon users) and S (for Nikon Users). If you’re using another brand, double-check your user manual to find out the abbreviation for your camera. When you use Shutter Priority mode, you set the speed of the shutter and the camera automatically sets the aperture to get the correct exposure. Shutter speeds are measured in seconds (or fractions of seconds) ranging anywhere from 1/8000th of a second all the way to 30 seconds or longer. Some digital cameras even have a bulb mode (shown as B), which keeps the shutter open for as long as the shutter button as pushed down.\r\n<br /><br />\r\nThe shutter speed you choose depends on the type of action you want to capture. If you want to freeze the action to capture the winning goal, or show a splash of water you need to choose a fast shutter speed. Take a look at the photo below as an example, as you can see the players are caught in mid-action!\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Sports Stop Action (Baseball), on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/rebraunstein/2522163883/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"307\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Baseball-Fast-Shutter-Speed-copy.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Sports Stop Action (Baseball)</em>\r\nPhoto by Richard Evan Braunstein</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\nOn the other hand if you want to show some movement in your photo by allowing the motion to blur, you need to choose a slow shutter speed. This is great for capturing moving cars, trains, or running water making it look smooth and picturesque as below.\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Rolling Stones, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/oddurjons/1579188964/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/running-water-copy.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Rolling Stones</em>\r\nPhoto by Oddur Jonsson</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\nFast shutter speeds are suitable for shooting handheld, whereas if you are using a slow shutter speed it’s best to use a tripod to avoid camera shake.\r\nTo get better acquainted with the Shutter Priority mode try out this simple exercise. Go to the kitchen sink and put an empty bowl into the sink under the running faucet. Put your camera into Shutter Priority mode and set the shutter to a fast speed – try 1/25th of a second to start. Snap the photo, and then move your shutter speed to 1/10th of a second and snap again. In the first photo you should see that the water splashes are sharp and well defined. You can almost see every bead of water. Now compare it to the second photo and you’ll likely see the water beginning to “soften”.\r\n<br /><br />\r\nTo soften the water even further attach your camera to a tripod and move your shutter speed to a much slower speed, try 1 second to start. Snap your photo and take a look – the water should appear soft, even cloud-like. Finally move your shutter speed to a very slow speed such as 5 seconds and snap your photo. The water should be even softer and very cloudy.\r\n<br /><br />\r\nSo now you’ve got a basic understanding of Shutter Priority go forth and experiment with it! When you have the opportunity, play around with different speeds under various lighting conditions to better understand how your camera responds. Before you know it, you’ll be capturing all the action! As always, please feel free to get in touch with us if you have questions about this post. \r\n','DSLR For Dummies - Part 3','','inherit','open','open','','4048-revision-8','','','2011-09-09 08:25:05','2011-09-09 08:25:05','',4048,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4048-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5255,16,'2011-08-31 08:26:15','2011-08-31 08:26:15','Since the release of Instagram in 2010, it\'s become a roaring global success with literally millions of users uploading photos every day! Of course from this new breed of social media, comes a new type of iPhoneography, in the form of \"Instagramers\". Like Flickr, Instagram has a constant feed of new photographs every day and Instagramers have the opportunity to share their images with their many followers. This week we\'re talking to Instagramer Joe Hermosa, he\'s part of the Instagram group \"gang_family\", so be sure to check out all of his photos there!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Mellow Morning Sun\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Mellow Morning Sun</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalists are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>How is iPhoneography different from \"regular\" photography for you?</h4>\r\nIt\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Calm Resaca\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Calm-Resaca.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Calm Resaca</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have recently been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>It is important to get a good grip on the camera and hold it very still to get the best quality photos. It seems so simple but it really works! You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I occasionally walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot.</li>\r\n<li>I like to try different camera apps to see the different results from each. Hipstamatic has some great lenses and films that produce very cool effects. I sometimes hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, you will get a lot of rejects this way, but every once in awhile you get a really great low-angle shot. If you\'re into street photography, sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to take someones photo, most of the time they will agree. </li>\r\n<li>I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me.  it is a bit like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get! There\'s a lot of good free apps out there, and most are just a couple of bucks. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers. I probably have over 20 apps, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps. When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I don\'t remember all the different combinations! Sometimes I run the photo through the same app at different times in the editing process.</li>\r\n<li>For editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Early Morning Birds \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Early-Morning-Birds.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Early Morning Birds</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo my best advice is just to get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision-13','','','2011-08-31 08:26:15','2011-08-31 08:26:15','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(5256,16,'2011-08-01 16:15:53','2011-08-01 16:15:53','We\'re back with the second instalment to our new series of interviews with iPhoneographers from around the globe! Today we\'re introducing Miss Pixels, an iPhoneographer, graphic designer and illustrator from Quebec, Canada. Her iPhotos have reached viewers far and wide and she\'s had kudos from Wired Magazine, the Museum of Modern Art (MoMA) in New York, as well as being featured in recent publication \"Create Great iPhone Photos\". So without further adieu, let\'s get to the good stuff!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels1.jpg\" ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography.</h4>\r\nI am a freelance illustrator and art director. Since I have a bachelor\'s degree in Visual Arts and Graphic Design, I have always been inclined to trying out new technologies, especially when these technologies enable me to create. In 2009, I bought my first iPhone and it was love at first sight: I had finally found a medium combining my passion for technology with my thirst for creativity!\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\nI had a few traditional photography courses at university, but this medium didn\'t really fit with my upbeat personality; I also had trouble being spontaneous while using it and was intimidated by its technical aspects. Contrary to traditional photography, iPhoneography allows me to be spontaneous wherever I am and whatever the occasion, without having to worry about my technique since this device does have limitations. In short, I quickly abandoned all the more traditional cameras to concentrate on this new medium, which is the only one I bring when travelling.\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iphoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\nDo I have an iPhoneography style? Yes. My color palette is by definition very expressive and gets people\'s attention. Moreover, I tend to overuse the numerical noise and the grain in an exponential way. My iPhone photos are also featured in themed series\'. I think all these elements contribute to my uniqueness, making my pictures different from those taken with conventional mobile devices. If I had to put a label on my style, I would have to call it \"Vivacity 2.0\"!\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI believe an artist has by definition a style, as he does a personality. It\'s what enables him to propel his creativity field with such strength. The main difference between an artist and an amateur is his ability to create signature visual concepts in a unique language.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels.jpg\" ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\nAs many might concur, joining the social media movement is by far the best way to integrate into the iPhoneography community. Attending events and taking part in conversations with people sharing your interests will definitely generate reactions and bring attention to your work.\r\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Always ask yourself whether or not your image is quality worthy of the best before posting it online. The image might seem interesting to you due to the context it was taken in, but might not be of interest to others. For example, it takes great humility to recognize that your cat\'s picture, as cute as it may be, might not entertain someone who has seen 800 pictures just like it. Your main challenge will be to make your cat\'s picture unique and original!</li>\r\n<li>The basic apps I use are <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">FX Photo Studio</a>, <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/tiltshift-generator-fake-miniature/id327716311?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">TiltShif</a>t and <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">PhotoForge</a>. What I like best about FX Photo Studio is the fact that I can save my multi-filter recipe, thus making sure the images in my series have the same graphic signature.</li>\r\n<li>When I want to put emphasis on a certain effect, I process the image several times in the same app, saving the image and then reopening it again. A simple but effective way of doubling or tripling the desired effect!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nCheck out more of Miss Pixels’ iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://www.misspixels.com/\" target=\"_blank\">MissPixels</a>.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels2.jpg\" ]','iPhoneography with Miss Pixels','','inherit','open','open','','4286-revision-12','','','2011-08-01 16:15:53','2011-08-01 16:15:53','',4286,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4286-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(5257,16,'2011-08-25 11:48:18','2011-08-25 11:48:18','To continue our series of interviews with iPhoneographers we are very happy to welcome Hope-Valarie Pashos, who has a fascinating take on iPhoneography, with some absolutely brilliant practical tips for macro iPhoneography. Hope recently created a book for her iDrop series, a collection of water droplets photographs taken using the method she explains below! Do not miss this one!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>Thorny Situation Drops</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos&nbsp;\r\n</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me.\r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Visitor</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos\r\n&nbsp;\r\n</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.jpg\" ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\r\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\r\n\r\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well! Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length.\r\n\r\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\r\n\r\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>Reflection of Maturity</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos\r\n&nbsp;</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it.\r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed.\r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by.\r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start.\r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\" href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\">here.</a>\r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\" href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\">here.</a>','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-20','','','2011-08-25 11:48:18','2011-08-25 11:48:18','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-20.html',0,'revision','',0),(5258,16,'2011-08-24 19:51:58','2011-08-24 19:51:58','This week we return with another fantastic interview from American iPhoneographer Harry Sandler. A photographer and iPhoneographer, Harry teaches 2-day workshops on using your iPhone as a camera. Harry will also make a guest appearance giving an artist talk to coincide with a show of his work at the Renaissance Gallery in Carmel, Indiana, USA on the 9th of September 2011...be sure to check it out if you can! For now, here\'s Harry\'s take on iPhoneography!   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"264\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nI first started with Phoneography approximately May 2008. I retired and immediately dumped my blackberry for the iPhone - it was after that I discovered image making with the iPhone. Eerily it reminded me of a Polaroid camera my father gave me when I was 8 years old, where I could now get instant images but with the added ability of processing and managing the image!\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nFor one, and this will seem repetitive, it is always with me. With immediate access to different camera applications it gives me so many choices to capture an image. \r\n\r\nAdditionally, I use the iPhone as a ground glass for my high resolution technical camera. It keeps me from having to remove the digital back and put on a ground glass for composition. What that means is, I use my iPhone to see what the camera is seeing, so it basically becomes my composing screen or viewfinder. Take a look at the image below to get a better idea of how I use my iPhone with my camera. And of course, as a bonus my iPhone has become a visual diary. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler - iPhone with ALPA camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Alpa.jpeg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nFairly straight ahead...with a few twists and turns. I am a firm believer in not using applications for the sake of applications. Don\'t get me wrong, I\'ve tried almost every application that is out there to see what it might have to offer, and I do occasionally trip on to something that works for me, in which case I will immediately add it into my workflow.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it is important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nNot really - but it is important to try and find your own authenticity and to use all the tools in your repertoire to create your own image types. When I teach I stress knowing where the medium came from, and paying homage to those who came before. I believe this is important wherever your creativity lies.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"357\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Shoot shoot shoot, play play play! To quote Malcolm Gladwell, get in your 10,000 hours learning your craft. Also make use of Facebook and other social media to study the work of others.</li>\r\n<li>Keep making images and learning! Get involved with other iPhoneographers, and learn from each other. </li>\r\n<li>It\'s also very important to learn how to manage your resolution, as it is often overlooked with iPhoneographers. If you are going to print your work this becomes very important, and keeping the resolution up is not that intuitive in some apps...they put the dialog in the strangest places!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"450\" height=\"416\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit more about your iPhoneography workshops...</h4>\r\n\r\nI hold 2-day workshops in the town of Carmel, Indiana. You can read more about them <a href=\"http://www.facebook.com/?ref=home#!/event.php?eid=238585306172778 \" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneography Workshops\">here</a>. I teach beginners and up but must stress that I teach photography using the iPhone not just iPhoneography. There is a difference in my mind. I see the iPhone as a powerful and creative tool but it is just that - a tool like any other camera. My workshops cover set-up, image making, resolution, applications, folder structure, transfer of images, and we end the class with how to export and print the images.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Harry\'s work at the following: \r\n<a href=\"http://harrysandler.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneographer Website\">Harrysandler.com</a>\r\n<a href=\"http://HSandler.blogspot.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneographer Blog\">Harry Sandler\'s Blog</a>\r\n<a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler iPhone Antics Blog</a>','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler','','inherit','open','open','','4741-revision-27','','','2011-08-24 19:51:58','2011-08-24 19:51:58','',4741,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4741-revision-27.html',0,'revision','',0),(5259,16,'2011-09-20 08:01:26','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Awesome photos plus great insight into the world of iPhoneography with @photojack Jack Hollingsworth! http://tinyurl.com/3ma6sk2','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-20 08:01:26','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5259',0,'tweet','',0),(5260,16,'2011-09-16 16:13:24','2011-09-16 16:13:24','Our iPhoneography With...series continues and this week we are very happy to introduce Jack Hollingsworth, all the way from Austin, Texas. You may already be familiar with his work as his long-spanning photography career has taken him across the globe shooting everything including people, products, and places! We were blown away when we first saw what Jack could do with an iPhone and we\'re pretty sure you will be too. Oh and a little birdie told us that you might be seeing Jack around here more frequently...watch this space for more details...\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"402\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Jack\'s photos on Instagram <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/2439781/photos\" title=\"Jack Hollingsworth Instagram Inkstagram Feed\">@jackhollingsworth</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\r\n','iPhoneography With Jack Hollingsworth','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-27','','','2011-09-16 16:13:24','2011-09-16 16:13:24','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-27.html',0,'revision','',0),(5906,16,'2011-11-03 08:02:41','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Another Instagramer interview with @skwii1(Jussi) Get following people! http://tinyurl.com/6jrd365','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-11-03 08:02:41','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5906',0,'tweet','',0),(5907,5,'2011-10-18 14:28:14','2011-10-18 14:28:14','So you know how we\'ve been interviewing awesome iPhoneographers and Instagramers...well we\'re back with another instalment to the Instagram series! This week we\'re talking to Jussi Ulkuniemi aka <a href=\"http://www.web.stagram.com/n/skwii\" title=\"Jussi Ulkuniemi - Skwii Instagram handle\">@skwii</a>. Jussi\'s Instafeed really stood out to us - it\'s creative, interesting, and a little bit different to the norm, in a very good way! iPhoneography all the way from Finland people...get on board. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Jussi 1\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/jussi5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nI\'m Jussi Ulkuniemi, a 19 year old to-be-artist of some kind, from Finland. The \"to-be\" part comes from a fact that I still don\'t know what I\'m about to do for the next ten years or so. It may be performing as a dancer or an actor, or possibly graphic design and photography. It\'s all about expression and that\'s what I\'m passionate about. Other than that I also love warm-hearted people, chili and garlic! Currently I\'m working as a Graphic Designer.\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you get involved in iPhoneography? What do you love about it?</h4>\r\n\r\nI got interested in taking pictures with my dear iphone 3GS almost instantly when I got it about two years ago. It was the fascination of apps like Hipstamatic and PictureShow that first stirred the passion, but it was after TiltShiftGen that my Camera Roll really blossomed. (DoF<3<3) Then came Instagram and blew it all sky-high. It was everyday learning of photgraphy, chatting with pros and shooting the rest of the day for the next 6 months straight for me...! I had always loved photography but I would have never guessed it would play such a big role in my life.\r\n\r\nToday I\'m equipped with about 30 photography apps of awesomeness and can clearly say the $$ I spent was not wasted. My iPhonegraphy is also a part of the reason  I got my current job as a graphic designer.\r\n\r\nWhat I love about iPhonegraphy is the way how you must simplify everything you see. Good iPhonegraphy is often something that stirs interest even if it\'s displayed in a size of a postage stamp. The other thing is the possibility to take pictures of the public on the street AKA street photography without people getting too nervous. IPhonegraphy is the easiest way to capture people in a normal, non-posing and cautious situations.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Jussi 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/jussi1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We see from your Instagram profile you\'re shooting with an iPhone 3GS, which just shows it\'s the photographer not the camera...that said, do you find the 3GS camera limiting? Do you plan to upgrade to the 4GS?</h4>\r\n\r\nWell... There are times... a lot of times actually...! Especially the Finn- style loooong and dark winter. The iphone will shut itself in the cold pretty fast, not to mention the amount of grain and shutter speed... Now don\'t get me wrong here: I really love taking silhouettes, but mostly it\'s the only proper way to photograph in dim light... Argh! I\'ve loved my 3gs long and well, even done some own cases for it... But yes, can\'t wait to upgrade to the 4S!!! Maybe then I\'ll be able to have some more motion to my pics and maybe freeze a passerby at close range...stalk stalk! Ha!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Jussi 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/jussi2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Your photos have a great mix of several effects with an emphasis on faded cool tones, interesting portraits and silhouettes. How would you describe your photography style? Where do you find shooting inspiration?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are a lot of sources of inspirations to my photography, about as much as how many I\'m following in Instagram and more, but the things that make my photography style \"me\" are my cartoonish interests and the passion for modern art. I quess what I\'m aiming for is somehow avant-garde. Art for art\'s sake that is. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Jussi 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/jussi3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy tip for other iPhonegraphers is to treat your iPhone like a real camera, concentrate and take deep breath when shooting. Use two hands for steadiness. Watch the lines and create compositions like a pro. Oh, and keep things simple...\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects, if any.</h4>\r\nI currently have no ongoing iPhonegraphy projects, the work and social life is keeping me too busy to really indulge myself into iPhonegraphy right now. But being busy has it\'s ups and downs. Everything that comes up these days are purely improv and on the go, fascinating bits of everyday life turned into art.\r\n\r\nYou can check out Jussi\'s Keepsy gallery <a href=\"http://www.keepsy.com/gallery/skwii\" title=\"Skwii Keepsy Gallery\">here</a>, or perhaps you want to buy <a href=\"http://www.keepsy.com/cd1ebsJG\" title=\"Jussi\'s Keepsy Album\">his album?</a>  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Jussi 5\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/jussi4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>','iPhoneography with Instagramer Jussi Ulkuniemi','','inherit','open','open','','5792-revision-8','','','2011-10-18 14:28:14','2011-10-18 14:28:14','',5792,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5792-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5909,16,'2011-11-07 17:06:25','2011-11-07 17:06:25','','iphoneshow','','inherit','open','open','','iphoneshow','','','2011-11-07 17:06:25','2011-11-07 17:06:25','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/iphoneshow.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5910,16,'2011-11-07 17:06:38','2011-11-07 17:06:38','','partner3','','inherit','open','open','','partner3','','','2011-11-07 17:06:38','2011-11-07 17:06:38','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/partner3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5911,16,'2011-11-07 17:08:49','2011-11-07 17:08:49','','show','','inherit','open','open','','show','','','2011-11-07 17:08:49','2011-11-07 17:08:49','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/show.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5912,16,'2011-11-07 17:11:19','2011-11-07 17:11:19','Calling all iPhoneographers!! We have recently signed up to sponsor the iPhoneography Show, Soho, NY!! And we are in good company...the show is being curated by MobiTog and FX Photo Studio, and other co-sponsors include iPhoneography.com, Olloclip, Photo Walkthrough, Mobile Photography Awards, Mini-mal, and Calendagram! If you are chosen as one of the presenters, this is an awesome opportunity to get your work seen in a digital gallery. Plus, you might win some flippin\' awesome prizes...so what\'s stopping you? Get involved. \n\n<a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/show.png\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\" alt=\"iPhoneography Show\"></a>\n\nRead on for the full details: \n\nInternational iPhoneography Show is a joint project by MobiTog – international community of iPhoneographers (people who shoot and/or edit images, using their iOS device) and FX Photo Studio – award-winning image processing application for iPhone, iPad and Mac. \n\nThe idea behind International iPhoneography Show is to give everyone a chance to show their photography at one of the International Exhibition in different parts of the world. The first exhibition will be organized in New York, just before Christmas holidays, hosted by one of the most popular galleries – Soho Gallery for Digital Art.\n\nIt doesn’t matter much whether a person is a pro photographer or a beginner, it doesn’t matter as well where in the world he or she lives. What matters is photography and if it is good – it will be featured at the International Exhibition in Soho Gallery this December. \n\nThe International iPhoneography Show is now open for entries. Pictures should be created with FX Photo Studio – offering one of the best selection of photo effects, filters, and tools for image processing on iOS - and submitted either via email (show@macphun.com) or special submit form on event’s page – <a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography\">www.iphoneographyshow.com</a>. Organizers say that iPhoneographers can use other photo apps and shoot a picture with any digital device, the only “must have” is FX Photo Studio app as a part of the workflow.\n\nSubmitted pictures will be posted on iphoneographyshow.com and every artist who submits a shot will get a 20% discount on Calendagram – a new service that let’s iPhone users create real life calendars from their Instagram shots. The prizes don’t end there...\n\nFX Photo Studio team and MobiTog will pick 100 best submissions, which will be shown at the exhibition. Every artist whose picture will be chosen for the exhibition gets a special THANK YOU package from the event partners, including software, hardware, special deals and discounts on iPhoneography gear. \n\nTop submissions of the International iPhoneography Show will be awarded with free Olloclip lenses, iPik.Cases and Casetagrams. The best picture, chosen by online voting on www.iphoneographyshow.com, is awarded with $100 Apple Gift Card and the artist whose picture is voted best by visitors of the exhibition will receive a $500 Apple Gift Card. The best artists will also be featured on <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com\" title=\"iPhoneography\">www.iphoneography.com</a> and <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com\" title=\"The Beginners Lens\">www.thebeginnerslens.com</a> (that\'s us!!) - two of the most popular iPhoneography blogs around the world.  \n\nThere are no fees to participate and photographers can submit as many pictures as they like. Submissions are open from November 7th to December 7th, 2011. For more details, please check the submission guidelines and FAQs on <a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\">www.iphoneographyshow.com</a>  \n\n\n','**BIG NEWS** We are sponsoring the iPhoneography Show, Soho, NY ','','inherit','open','open','','5908-revision','','','2011-11-07 17:11:19','2011-11-07 17:11:19','',5908,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5908-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5913,16,'2011-11-07 17:12:23','2011-11-07 17:12:23','Calling all iPhoneographers!! We have recently signed up to sponsor the iPhoneography Show, Soho, NY!! And we are in good company...the show is being curated by MobiTog and FX Photo Studio, and other co-sponsors include iPhoneography.com, Olloclip, Photo Walkthrough, Mobile Photography Awards, Mini-mal, and Calendagram! If you are chosen as one of the presenters, this is an awesome opportunity to get your work seen in a digital gallery. Plus, you might win some flippin\' awesome prizes...so what\'s stopping you? Get involved. \n\n<a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/show.png\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\" alt=\"iPhoneography Show\"></a>\n\nRead on for the full details: \n\nInternational iPhoneography Show is a joint project by MobiTog – international community of iPhoneographers (people who shoot and/or edit images, using their iOS device) and FX Photo Studio – award-winning image processing application for iPhone, iPad and Mac. \n\nThe idea behind International iPhoneography Show is to give everyone a chance to show their photography at one of the International Exhibition in different parts of the world. The first exhibition will be organized in New York, just before Christmas holidays, hosted by one of the most popular galleries – Soho Gallery for Digital Art.\n\nIt doesn’t matter much whether a person is a pro photographer or a beginner, it doesn’t matter as well where in the world he or she lives. What matters is photography and if it is good – it will be featured at the International Exhibition in Soho Gallery this December. \n\nThe International iPhoneography Show is now open for entries. Pictures should be created with FX Photo Studio – offering one of the best selection of photo effects, filters, and tools for image processing on iOS - and submitted either via email (show@macphun.com) or special submit form on event’s page – <a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography\">www.iphoneographyshow.com</a>. Organizers say that iPhoneographers can use other photo apps and shoot a picture with any digital device, the only “must have” is FX Photo Studio app as a part of the workflow.\n\nSubmitted pictures will be posted on iphoneographyshow.com and every artist who submits a shot will get a 20% discount on Calendagram – a new service that let’s iPhone users create real life calendars from their Instagram shots. The prizes don’t end there...\n\nFX Photo Studio team and MobiTog will pick 100 best submissions, which will be shown at the exhibition. Every artist whose picture will be chosen for the exhibition gets a special THANK YOU package from the event partners, including software, hardware, special deals and discounts on iPhoneography gear. \n\nTop submissions of the International iPhoneography Show will be awarded with free Olloclip lenses, iPik.Cases and Casetagrams. The best picture, chosen by online voting on www.iphoneographyshow.com, is awarded with $100 Apple Gift Card and the artist whose picture is voted best by visitors of the exhibition will receive a $500 Apple Gift Card. The best artists will also be featured on <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com\" title=\"iPhoneography\">www.iphoneography.com</a> and <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com\" title=\"The Beginners Lens\">www.thebeginnerslens.com</a> (that\'s us!!) - two of the most popular iPhoneography blogs around the world.  \n\nThere are no fees to participate and photographers can submit as many pictures as they like. Submissions are open from November 7th to December 7th, 2011. For more details, please check the submission guidelines and FAQs on <a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\">www.iphoneographyshow.com</a>  \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"140\"  alt=\"iPhoneography Show\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/iphoneshow.png\"  ]\n','**BIG NEWS** We are sponsoring the iPhoneography Show, Soho, NY ','','inherit','open','open','','5908-revision-2','','','2011-11-07 17:12:23','2011-11-07 17:12:23','',5908,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5908-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5914,16,'2011-11-07 17:13:17','2011-11-07 17:13:17','Calling all iPhoneographers!! We have recently signed up to sponsor the iPhoneography Show, Soho, NY!! And we are in good company...the show is being curated by MobiTog and FX Photo Studio, and other co-sponsors include iPhoneography.com, Olloclip, Photo Walkthrough, Mobile Photography Awards, Mini-mal, and Calendagram! If you are chosen as one of the presenters, this is an awesome opportunity to get your work seen in a digital gallery. Plus, you might win some flippin\' awesome prizes...so what\'s stopping you? Get involved. \r\n\r\n<center><a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/show.png\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\" alt=\"iPhoneography Show\"></a></center>\r\n\r\nRead on for the full details: \r\n\r\nInternational iPhoneography Show is a joint project by MobiTog – international community of iPhoneographers (people who shoot and/or edit images, using their iOS device) and FX Photo Studio – award-winning image processing application for iPhone, iPad and Mac. \r\n\r\nThe idea behind International iPhoneography Show is to give everyone a chance to show their photography at one of the International Exhibition in different parts of the world. The first exhibition will be organized in New York, just before Christmas holidays, hosted by one of the most popular galleries – Soho Gallery for Digital Art.\r\n\r\nIt doesn’t matter much whether a person is a pro photographer or a beginner, it doesn’t matter as well where in the world he or she lives. What matters is photography and if it is good – it will be featured at the International Exhibition in Soho Gallery this December. \r\n\r\nThe International iPhoneography Show is now open for entries. Pictures should be created with FX Photo Studio – offering one of the best selection of photo effects, filters, and tools for image processing on iOS - and submitted either via email (show@macphun.com) or special submit form on event’s page – <a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography\">www.iphoneographyshow.com</a>. Organizers say that iPhoneographers can use other photo apps and shoot a picture with any digital device, the only “must have” is FX Photo Studio app as a part of the workflow.\r\n\r\nSubmitted pictures will be posted on iphoneographyshow.com and every artist who submits a shot will get a 20% discount on Calendagram – a new service that let’s iPhone users create real life calendars from their Instagram shots. The prizes don’t end there...\r\n\r\nFX Photo Studio team and MobiTog will pick 100 best submissions, which will be shown at the exhibition. Every artist whose picture will be chosen for the exhibition gets a special THANK YOU package from the event partners, including software, hardware, special deals and discounts on iPhoneography gear. \r\n\r\nTop submissions of the International iPhoneography Show will be awarded with free Olloclip lenses, iPik.Cases and Casetagrams. The best picture, chosen by online voting on www.iphoneographyshow.com, is awarded with $100 Apple Gift Card and the artist whose picture is voted best by visitors of the exhibition will receive a $500 Apple Gift Card. The best artists will also be featured on <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com\" title=\"iPhoneography\">www.iphoneography.com</a> and <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com\" title=\"The Beginners Lens\">www.thebeginnerslens.com</a> (that\'s us!!) - two of the most popular iPhoneography blogs around the world.  \r\n\r\nThere are no fees to participate and photographers can submit as many pictures as they like. Submissions are open from November 7th to December 7th, 2011. For more details, please check the submission guidelines and FAQs on <a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\">www.iphoneographyshow.com</a>  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"140\"  alt=\"iPhoneography Show\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/iphoneshow.png\"  ]\r\n','**BIG NEWS** We are sponsoring the iPhoneography Show, Soho, NY ','','inherit','open','open','','5908-revision-3','','','2011-11-07 17:13:17','2011-11-07 17:13:17','',5908,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5908-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5915,16,'2011-11-07 17:13:44','2011-11-07 17:13:44','Calling all iPhoneographers!! We have recently signed up to sponsor the iPhoneography Show, Soho, NY!! And we are in good company...the show is being curated by MobiTog and FX Photo Studio, and other co-sponsors include iPhoneography.com, Olloclip, Photo Walkthrough, Mobile Photography Awards, Mini-mal, and Calendagram! If you are chosen as one of the presenters, this is an awesome opportunity to get your work seen in a digital gallery. Plus, you might win some flippin\' awesome prizes...so what\'s stopping you? Get involved. \r\n\r\n<center><a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/show.png\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\" alt=\"iPhoneography Show\"></a></center>\r\n\r\nRead on for the full details: \r\n\r\nInternational iPhoneography Show is a joint project by MobiTog – international community of iPhoneographers (people who shoot and/or edit images, using their iOS device) and FX Photo Studio – award-winning image processing application for iPhone, iPad and Mac. \r\n\r\nThe idea behind International iPhoneography Show is to give everyone a chance to show their photography at one of the International Exhibition in different parts of the world. The first exhibition will be organized in New York, just before Christmas holidays, hosted by one of the most popular galleries – Soho Gallery for Digital Art.\r\n\r\nIt doesn’t matter much whether a person is a pro photographer or a beginner, it doesn’t matter as well where in the world he or she lives. What matters is photography and if it is good – it will be featured at the International Exhibition in Soho Gallery this December. \r\n\r\nThe International iPhoneography Show is now open for entries. Pictures should be created with FX Photo Studio – offering one of the best selection of photo effects, filters, and tools for image processing on iOS - and submitted either via email (show@macphun.com) or special submit form on event’s page – <a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography\">www.iphoneographyshow.com</a>. Organizers say that iPhoneographers can use other photo apps and shoot a picture with any digital device, the only “must have” is FX Photo Studio app as a part of the workflow.\r\n\r\nSubmitted pictures will be posted on iphoneographyshow.com and every artist who submits a shot will get a 20% discount on Calendagram – a new service that let’s iPhone users create real life calendars from their Instagram shots. The prizes don’t end there...\r\n\r\nFX Photo Studio team and MobiTog will pick 100 best submissions, which will be shown at the exhibition. Every artist whose picture will be chosen for the exhibition gets a special THANK YOU package from the event partners, including software, hardware, special deals and discounts on iPhoneography gear. \r\n\r\nTop submissions of the International iPhoneography Show will be awarded with free Olloclip lenses, iPik.Cases and Casetagrams. The best picture, chosen by online voting on www.iphoneographyshow.com, is awarded with $100 Apple Gift Card and the artist whose picture is voted best by visitors of the exhibition will receive a $500 Apple Gift Card. The best artists will also be featured on <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com\" title=\"iPhoneography\">www.iphoneography.com</a> and <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com\" title=\"The Beginners Lens\">www.thebeginnerslens.com</a> (that\'s us!!) - two of the most popular iPhoneography blogs around the world.  \r\n\r\nThere are no fees to participate and photographers can submit as many pictures as they like. Submissions are open from November 7th to December 7th, 2011. For more details, please check the submission guidelines and FAQs on <a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\">www.iphoneographyshow.com</a>  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"140\"  alt=\"iPhoneography Show\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/iphoneshow.png\"  ]\r\n','**BIG NEWS** We Are Co-sponsoring the iPhoneography Show, Soho, NY ','','inherit','open','open','','5908-revision-4','','','2011-11-07 17:13:44','2011-11-07 17:13:44','',5908,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5908-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5916,16,'2011-11-07 17:14:54','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Wooooop! We\'re co-sponsoring the iPhoneography Show in Soho! Enter your photo to win AWESOME prizes!!  http://tinyurl.com/cyzcj6s','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-11-07 17:14:54','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5916',0,'tweet','',0),(5917,16,'2011-11-07 17:14:50','2011-11-07 17:14:50','Calling all iPhoneographers!! We have recently signed up to sponsor the iPhoneography Show, Soho, NY!! And we are in good company...the show is being curated by MobiTog and FX Photo Studio, and other co-sponsors include iPhoneography.com, Olloclip, Photo Walkthrough, Mobile Photography Awards, Mini-mal, and Calendagram! If you are chosen as one of the presenters, this is an awesome opportunity to get your work seen in a digital gallery. Plus, you might win some flippin\' awesome prizes...so what\'s stopping you? Get involved. \r\n\r\n<center><a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/show.png\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\" alt=\"iPhoneography Show\"></a></center>\r\n\r\nRead on for the full details: \r\n\r\nInternational iPhoneography Show is a joint project by MobiTog – international community of iPhoneographers (people who shoot and/or edit images, using their iOS device) and FX Photo Studio – award-winning image processing application for iPhone, iPad and Mac. \r\n\r\nThe idea behind International iPhoneography Show is to give everyone a chance to show their photography at one of the International Exhibition in different parts of the world. The first exhibition will be organized in New York, just before Christmas holidays, hosted by one of the most popular galleries – Soho Gallery for Digital Art.\r\n\r\nIt doesn’t matter much whether a person is a pro photographer or a beginner, it doesn’t matter as well where in the world he or she lives. What matters is photography and if it is good – it will be featured at the International Exhibition in Soho Gallery this December. \r\n\r\nThe International iPhoneography Show is now open for entries. Pictures should be created with FX Photo Studio – offering one of the best selection of photo effects, filters, and tools for image processing on iOS - and submitted either via email (show@macphun.com) or special submit form on event’s page – <a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography\">www.iphoneographyshow.com</a>. Organizers say that iPhoneographers can use other photo apps and shoot a picture with any digital device, the only “must have” is FX Photo Studio app as a part of the workflow.\r\n\r\nSubmitted pictures will be posted on iphoneographyshow.com and every artist who submits a shot will get a 20% discount on Calendagram – a new service that let’s iPhone users create real life calendars from their Instagram shots. The prizes don’t end there...\r\n\r\nFX Photo Studio team and MobiTog will pick 100 best submissions, which will be shown at the exhibition. Every artist whose picture will be chosen for the exhibition gets a special THANK YOU package from the event partners, including software, hardware, special deals and discounts on iPhoneography gear. \r\n\r\nTop submissions of the International iPhoneography Show will be awarded with free Olloclip lenses, iPik.Cases and Casetagrams. The best picture, chosen by online voting on www.iphoneographyshow.com, is awarded with $100 Apple Gift Card and the artist whose picture is voted best by visitors of the exhibition will receive a $500 Apple Gift Card. The best artists will also be featured on <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com\" title=\"iPhoneography\">www.iphoneography.com</a> and <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com\" title=\"The Beginners Lens\">www.thebeginnerslens.com</a> (that\'s us!!) - two of the most popular iPhoneography blogs around the world.  \r\n\r\nThere are no fees to participate and photographers can submit as many pictures as they like. Submissions are open from November 7th to December 7th, 2011. For more details, please check the submission guidelines and FAQs on <a href=\"http://www.iphoneographyshow.com\" title=\"iPhoneography Show\">www.iphoneographyshow.com</a>  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"140\"  alt=\"iPhoneography Show\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/iphoneshow.png\"  ]\r\n','**BIG NEWS** We Are Co-sponsoring the iPhoneography Show, Soho, NY ','','inherit','open','open','','5908-revision-5','','','2011-11-07 17:14:50','2011-11-07 17:14:50','',5908,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5908-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5919,16,'2011-11-09 08:06:32','0000-00-00 00:00:00','','Auto Draft','','auto-draft','open','open','','','','','2011-11-09 08:06:32','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5919',0,'post','',0),(5920,16,'2011-11-09 09:30:18','2011-11-09 09:30:18','','08nov01','','inherit','open','open','','08nov01','','','2011-11-09 09:30:18','2011-11-09 09:30:18','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/08nov01.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5921,16,'2011-11-09 09:30:27','2011-11-09 09:30:27','','08nov02','','inherit','open','open','','08nov02','','','2011-11-09 09:30:27','2011-11-09 09:30:27','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/08nov02.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5922,16,'2011-11-09 09:30:35','2011-11-09 09:30:35','','08nov03','','inherit','open','open','','08nov03','','','2011-11-09 09:30:35','2011-11-09 09:30:35','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/08nov03.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5923,16,'2011-11-09 09:30:41','2011-11-09 09:30:41','','08nov04','','inherit','open','open','','08nov04','','','2011-11-09 09:30:41','2011-11-09 09:30:41','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/08nov04.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5924,16,'2011-11-09 09:30:48','2011-11-09 09:30:48','','08nov05','','inherit','open','open','','08nov05','','','2011-11-09 09:30:48','2011-11-09 09:30:48','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/08nov05.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5925,16,'2011-10-04 10:05:10','2011-10-04 10:05:10','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"04oct\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instabookad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n[wdgpo_plusone]\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you an email with a link to download the <em>Go-To Guide for Instagram</em> PDF.</strong> Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Get PDF Download Link\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=6506ada9b9&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We respect your privacy.</strong> We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-63','','','2011-10-04 10:05:10','2011-10-04 10:05:10','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-63.html',0,'revision','',0),(5926,16,'2011-11-02 12:07:51','2011-11-02 12:07:51','[social4i]','test post ','','inherit','open','open','','5899-revision','','','2011-11-02 12:07:51','2011-11-02 12:07:51','',5899,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5899-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5927,16,'2011-11-16 08:47:36','2011-11-16 08:47:36','We are totally over the moon to give you guys a heads up on this one...we\'ve been busy little beavers working behind the scenes to bring you a fully comprehensive online iPhoneography video course called iPhone Camera Essentials. This is something that has been in the works for several months now, admittedly we may have underestimated the breadth and depth (read: awesomeness) of iPhoneography when we began this project, but we have learned SO MUCH along the way, and we\'re really proud of the program. \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.iphonecameraessentials.com\" title=\"iPhone Camera Essentials\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"414\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE1.jpg\"  ]</a><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTo celebrate the forthcoming launch, we want to share the BETA version with you guys so we\'re sending out 200 invitations to budding iPhoneographers and fans of iPhoneography...that\'s you!!! There\'s <strong>a limited time to take advantage of this opportunity and only the first 200 people to join over the next few days will get access to a 1-year subscription to iPhone Camera Essentials (a $119.99 value) for FREE!</strong> That\'s nothing...nada...zip...zilch!! Many of the videos cater to beginner iPhoneographers, but there is also a great selection of intermediate topics, we can guarantee there\'s something for everyone! \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.iphonecameraessentials.com\" title=\"iPhone Camera Essentials\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"399\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE2.jpg\"  ]</a><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nWith your FREE subscription you will get access to all of the videos in the site (that\'s over 30) plus all of the new videos we post in the next 12 months! \r\n\r\nSounds good right?? <strong>All you need to do to get involved is visit, <a href=\"http://www.iphonecameraessentials.com\" title=\"#\">iphonecameraessentials.com</a> and click on join now! When prompted use this coupon code: 1YFSUBS</strong>\r\n\r\nWhy are we doing this? For two reasons. First because we think fans of iPhone photography will benefit from this product and we\'d like to share what we\'ve done with the most involved among you. Frankly we love our readers and feel you guys should be the first to check it out. Second, we need a little bit of help to identify some of the kinks so you can let us know where we might be able to improve the site and the videos for customers down the road. \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.iphonecameraessentials.com\" title=\"iPhone Camera Essentials\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"389\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE3.jpg\"  ]</a><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo go grab your seat now, before it\'s too late! Feel free to share the love with your iPhoneography friends, but make sure you do it quickly, we expect 200 places to go fast! Don\'t miss out!\r\n\r\n','TBL Launches iPhone Camera Essentials BETA','','publish','open','open','','tbl-launches-iphone-camera-essentials-beta','','','2011-11-16 09:36:39','2011-11-16 09:36:39','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5927',0,'post','',0),(5928,16,'2011-11-09 09:54:13','2011-11-09 09:54:13','','ICE1','','inherit','open','open','','ice1','','','2011-11-09 09:54:13','2011-11-09 09:54:13','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5929,16,'2011-11-09 09:54:20','2011-11-09 09:54:20','','ICE2','','inherit','open','open','','ice2','','','2011-11-09 09:54:20','2011-11-09 09:54:20','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5930,16,'2011-11-09 09:54:26','2011-11-09 09:54:26','','ICE3','','inherit','open','open','','ice3','','','2011-11-09 09:54:26','2011-11-09 09:54:26','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5931,16,'2011-11-09 09:54:29','2011-11-09 09:54:29','','ICE4','','inherit','open','open','','ice4','','','2011-11-09 09:54:29','2011-11-09 09:54:29','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5932,16,'2011-11-09 10:01:22','2011-11-09 10:01:22','We are totally over the moon to give you guys a heads up on this one...we\'ve been busy little beavers working behind the scenes to bring you a fully comprehensive online iPhoneography video course called iPhone Camera Essentials. This is something that has been in the works for several months now, admittedly we may have underestimated the breadth and depth (read: awesomeness) of iPhoneography when we began this project, but we have learned SO MUCH along the way, and we\'re really proud of the program. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"414\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nTo celebrate the forthcoming launch, we want to share the BETA version with you guys so we\'re sending out 200 invitations to budding iPhoneographers and fans of iPhoneography...that\'s you!!! There\'s a limited time to take advantage of this opportunity and only the first 200 people to join over the next few days will get access to a 1-year subscription to iPhone Camera Essentials (a $119.99 value) for FREE! That\'s nothing...nada...zip...zilch!! Many of the videos cater to beginner iPhoneographers, but there is also a great selection of intermediate topics, we can guarantee there\'s something for everyone! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"399\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nWith your FREE subscription you will get access to all of the videos in the site (that\'s over 30) plus all of the new videos we post in the next 12 months! You\'ll also get our brand new eBook - Instagram Hidden Gems, the ultimate guide to getting likes and followers! \n\nSounds good right?? All you need to do to get involved is visit, <a href=\"http://www.iphonecameraessentials.com\" title=\"#\">iphonecameraessentials.com</a> and click on join now! When prompted use this coupon code: 1YFSUBS\n\nWhy are we doing this? For two reasons. First because we think fans of iPhone photography will benefit from this product and we\'d like to share what we\'ve done with the most involved among you. Frankly we love our readers and feel you guys should be the first to check it out. Second, we need a little bit of help to identify some of the kinks so you can let us know where we might be able to improve the site and the videos for customers down the road. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"389\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nSo go grab your seat now, before it\'s too late! Feel free to share the love with your iPhoneography friends, but make sure you do it quickly, we expect 200 places to go fast! Don\'t miss out!\n\n','TBL Launches iPhone Camera Essentials BETA ','','inherit','open','open','','5927-revision','','','2011-11-09 10:01:22','2011-11-09 10:01:22','',5927,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5927-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5933,16,'2011-11-09 10:09:19','2011-11-09 10:09:19','We are totally over the moon to give you guys a heads up on this one...we\'ve been busy little beavers working behind the scenes to bring you a fully comprehensive online iPhoneography video course called iPhone Camera Essentials. This is something that has been in the works for several months now, admittedly we may have underestimated the breadth and depth (read: awesomeness) of iPhoneography when we began this project, but we have learned SO MUCH along the way, and we\'re really proud of the program. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"414\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTo celebrate the forthcoming launch, we want to share the BETA version with you guys so we\'re sending out 200 invitations to budding iPhoneographers and fans of iPhoneography...that\'s you!!! There\'s a limited time to take advantage of this opportunity and only the first 200 people to join over the next few days will get access to a 1-year subscription to iPhone Camera Essentials (a $119.99 value) for FREE! That\'s nothing...nada...zip...zilch!! Many of the videos cater to beginner iPhoneographers, but there is also a great selection of intermediate topics, we can guarantee there\'s something for everyone! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"399\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nWith your FREE subscription you will get access to all of the videos in the site (that\'s over 30) plus all of the new videos we post in the next 12 months! You\'ll also get our brand new eBook - Instagram Hidden Gems, the ultimate guide to getting likes and followers! \r\n\r\nSounds good right?? All you need to do to get involved is visit, <a href=\"http://www.iphonecameraessentials.com\" title=\"#\">iphonecameraessentials.com</a> and click on join now! When prompted use this coupon code: 1YFSUBS\r\n\r\nWhy are we doing this? For two reasons. First because we think fans of iPhone photography will benefit from this product and we\'d like to share what we\'ve done with the most involved among you. Frankly we love our readers and feel you guys should be the first to check it out. Second, we need a little bit of help to identify some of the kinks so you can let us know where we might be able to improve the site and the videos for customers down the road. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"389\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo go grab your seat now, before it\'s too late! Feel free to share the love with your iPhoneography friends, but make sure you do it quickly, we expect 200 places to go fast! Don\'t miss out!\r\n\r\n','TBL Launches iPhone Camera Essentials BETA ','','inherit','open','open','','5927-revision-2','','','2011-11-09 10:09:19','2011-11-09 10:09:19','',5927,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5927-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5437,16,'2011-09-29 08:15:11','2011-09-29 08:15:11','This week we return with another great interview with app developer Tai Shimizu, the man behind the outrageously good Filterstorm! Read on for filter goodness...\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\nI currently have 4 apps in active development: Filterstorm (iPhone/iPad), Filterstorm Pro (iPad), Light Compressor (Mac), and Torii (Mac). Briefly, FS and FSPro are closely related image editing and workflow apps, Light Compressor is a cheap and limited HDR app for mac, and Torii ( http://toriiweb.com ) is a WebKit based web browser I recently made available publicly as a beta.\r\n\r\nThe vast majority of my time is spent working on FS and FSPro, but I enjoy working on Light Compressor and Torii, and will slowly but surely release updates to both.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"243\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter4.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\nMy development team is made up of me and my rabbit, Thor, working together in my apartment in Manhattan. The \"storm\" in \"Filterstorm\" is for Thor, being god of thunder. I tacked the word \"filter\" in front to make it photography related and easily searchable. Actually, the original name for the app was Pixelstorm, but that name was already taken by a Canadian game company. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"243\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter2.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app, Filterstorm and give us a bit of the story behind the app?</h4>\r\nI started work on Filterstorm as soon as the iOS SDK was updated to include iPad. I think it was either the same day as the iPad announcement last January or the day after. I had wanted to write an iOS app for some time, but didn\'t really know what to do. When I saw the iPad reveal, though, I instantly knew I wanted to use it for photo editing. My goal was to create the canonical photo editing app on iPad—it\'s good to aim high—but I can\'t say I expected that, or even the level of success I have had. \r\n\r\nI released FS for free when iPad launched and turned out to be terribly crashy. The iPad simulator was a good tool, but it didn\'t manifest the same crashes as the actual hardware. Had I been developing for iPhone beforehand, I probably would have been much better prepared for the actualities of the hardware. Still, I got those initial issues cleaned up fairly quickly; FS was featured in the staff favorites section soon afterwards and rocketed up to a peak of number 11 on the top free iPad apps chart. At the time I was both ecstatic it was so popular, and annoyed that it happened right before the update when I started charging. In the long run, though, the additional downloads while free may have offset the short term monetary gain by helping to spread awareness.\r\n\r\nI redesigned FS for Version 2 late last summer, then a year ago today (Sep 23) I added on the iPhone version with version 2.5. After seeing the results of the first week of iPhone sales I quit my day job and started work on a near complete rewrite with FSPro and FS3. So far...I\'ve had nearly 200,000 downloads since April 2010. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter1.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\nI\'ve been hard at work on FSPro2 and FS4, bringing by far the most requested feature: layers. FSPro2 should come out fairly soon, then I\'ll begin work on the iPhone interface for layers and release FS4 once that\'s done.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"243\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter3.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>','Meet The Developers: Tai Shimizu - Filterstorm','','publish','open','open','','meet-the-developers-tai-shimizu-filterstorm','','','2011-09-28 09:16:03','2011-09-28 09:16:03','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5437',0,'post','',0),(5271,16,'2011-09-20 15:13:32','2011-09-20 15:13:32','','insta1','','inherit','open','open','','insta1','','','2011-09-20 15:13:32','2011-09-20 15:13:32','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/insta1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5272,16,'2011-09-20 15:13:58','2011-09-20 15:13:58','','insta2','','inherit','open','open','','insta2','','','2011-09-20 15:13:58','2011-09-20 15:13:58','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/insta2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5273,16,'2011-09-20 15:14:01','2011-09-20 15:14:01','','insta3','','inherit','open','open','','insta3','','','2011-09-20 15:14:01','2011-09-20 15:14:01','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/insta3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5274,16,'2011-09-20 15:14:04','2011-09-20 15:14:04','','insta4','','inherit','open','open','','insta4','','','2011-09-20 15:14:04','2011-09-20 15:14:04','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/insta4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5275,16,'2011-09-20 15:14:10','2011-09-20 15:14:10','','insta5','','inherit','open','open','','insta5','','','2011-09-20 15:14:10','2011-09-20 15:14:10','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/insta5.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5276,16,'2011-09-20 15:14:13','2011-09-20 15:14:13','','insta6','','inherit','open','open','','insta6','','','2011-09-20 15:14:13','2011-09-20 15:14:13','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/insta6.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5277,16,'2011-09-20 15:14:19','2011-09-20 15:14:19','','insta7','','inherit','open','open','','insta7','','','2011-09-20 15:14:19','2011-09-20 15:14:19','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/insta7.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5278,16,'2011-09-20 15:14:22','2011-09-20 15:14:22','','insta8','','inherit','open','open','','insta8','','','2011-09-20 15:14:22','2011-09-20 15:14:22','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/insta8.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5279,16,'2011-09-20 15:14:26','2011-09-20 15:14:26','','insta10','','inherit','open','open','','insta10','','','2011-09-20 15:14:26','2011-09-20 15:14:26','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/insta10.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5280,16,'2011-09-20 15:15:01','2011-09-20 15:15:01','','insta11','','inherit','open','open','','insta11','','','2011-09-20 15:15:01','2011-09-20 15:15:01','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/insta11.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5281,16,'2011-09-20 15:20:59','2011-09-20 15:20:59','','instalogo','','inherit','open','open','','instalogo','','','2011-09-20 15:20:59','2011-09-20 15:20:59','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/instalogo.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5953,16,'2011-11-09 15:33:45','2011-11-09 15:33:45','Let’s face it, most people feel (just about) the same way about their pets as they do their kids. OK that might be a little teeny tiny bit of an exaggeration…but there is no doubt that pets are like another family member. That said pets are almost equally as difficult to catch on camera as kids are, so if you think about it you could probably use the forthcoming pet photography tips to get great photos of your kids too…but…I digress, as today we’re talking about pet photography. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nAs an amateur photographer, it’s easy to find yourself taking lots and lots of photos of your pets in the hopes that one or two turn out. But today we’re talking about some practical ways to make sure you get those cute little critters before they zip off, or lick the lens. \r\n\r\n<h4>Increase The Shutter Speed</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst off, pets are quick…they wriggle and they wiggle and for the most part will not sit still long enough for you to press the shutter button, let alone get a good shot. (I can’t help but return to the thought…the more I write the more applicable this post becomes for kid photography too). So to capture all the action, and ensure you don’t get several shots of Fido’s tail as he sneaks off-camera, you need to increase your shutter speed. If you’re using a DSLR, try putting the camera into shutter priority and bumping it right up. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nBy doing so, you may also need to let a little bit more light into the camera; as the shutter speed increases the amount of light getting to the lens decreases. So to add light you can do a few things:\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Physically move to a location with more light. Move to a window with natural light or go outside (depending on the pet).</li>\r\n<li>Bump up your ISO. Don’t go too high here as you don’t want to add unnecessary noise to the image, but you can still get good crisp photos working with an ISO of 400, and perhaps a little bit higher. </li>\r\n<li>Add a light source such as a lamp or an ambient light. Try to avoid using a flash, unless you plan to bounce it, but even then you risk spooking your pet with the quick pulse of light.\r\n</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n	\r\n<h4>Think About The Background</h4> \r\n\r\nJust as you would when taking photos of people, you want to work with a nice background and environment.  Set up a nice place for your pet to sit, or try and catch them as they’re sitting on the couch (when they shouldn’t be). A candid shot of your pet in their home environment is always fun…and if they’re already comfortable you won’t have to do too much “coaxing”. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Kitten, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrewtallon/4950395769/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Kitten</em>\r\nPhoto by Andrew Tallon<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Change The Angle</h4> \r\n\r\nPets are generally much smaller than humans, so inevitably most shots end up as owners looking down at their pets. This can be a great way to get a cute shot of your pet looking up longingly at your, or perhaps looking guilty…you know what I mean! But it’s also a good idea to change your angle and get a different view, a straight-on photo looking right into your pets eye will change the entire dynamic of the photo. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bribery</h4>\r\n\r\nYou knew this one was coming…if you really want your pet to cooperate; a hefty stash of treats will usually get the job done.  \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy Love, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jenn_vela/3206785629/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"375\" height=\"500\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy Love</em>\r\nPhoto by Hella Vella<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','Pet Photography Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5935-revision-7','','','2011-11-09 15:33:45','2011-11-09 15:33:45','',5935,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5935-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5952,16,'2011-11-09 15:33:17','2011-11-09 15:33:17','Let’s face it, most people feel (just about) the same way about their pets as they do their kids. OK that might be a little teeny tiny bit of an exaggeration…but there is no doubt that pets are like another family member. That said pets are almost equally as difficult to catch on camera as kids are, so if you think about it you could probably use the forthcoming pet photography tips to get great photos of your kids too…but…I digress, as today we’re talking about pet photography. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nAs an amateur photographer, it’s easy to find yourself taking lots and lots of photos of your pets in the hopes that one or two turn out. But today we’re talking about some practical ways to make sure you get those cute little critters before they zip off, or lick the lens. \r\n\r\n<h4>Increase The Shutter Speed</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst off, pets are quick…they wriggle and they wiggle and for the most part will not sit still long enough for you to press the shutter button, let alone get a good shot. (I can’t help but return to the thought…the more I write the more applicable this post becomes for kid photography too). So to capture all the action, and ensure you don’t get several shots of Fido’s tail as he sneaks off-camera, you need to increase your shutter speed. If you’re using a DSLR, try putting the camera into shutter priority and bumping it right up. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nBy doing so, you may also need to let a little bit more light into the camera; as the shutter speed increases the amount of light getting to the lens decreases. So to add light you can do a few things:\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Physically move to a location with more light. Move to a window with natural light or go outside (depending on the pet).</li>\r\n<li>Bump up your ISO. Don’t go too high here as you don’t want to add unnecessary noise to the image, but you can still get good crisp photos working with an ISO of 400, and perhaps a little bit higher. </li>\r\n<li>Add a light source such as a lamp or an ambient light. Try to avoid using a flash, unless you plan to bounce it, but even then you risk spooking your pet with the quick pulse of light.\r\n</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n	\r\n<h4>Think About The Background</h4> \r\n\r\nJust as you would when taking photos of people, you want to work with a nice background and environment.  Set up a nice place for your pet to sit, or try and catch them as they’re sitting on the couch (when they shouldn’t be). A candid shot of your pet in their home environment is always fun…and if they’re already comfortable you won’t have to do too much “coaxing”. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Kitten, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrewtallon/4950395769/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Kitten</em>\r\nPhoto by Andrew Tallon<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Change The Angle</h4> \r\n\r\nPets are generally much smaller than humans, so inevitably most shots end up as owners looking down at their pets. This can be a great way to get a cute shot of your pet looking up longingly at your, or perhaps looking guilty…you know what I mean! But it’s also a good idea to change your angle and get a different view, a straight-on photo looking right into your pets eye will change the entire dynamic of the photo. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bribery</h4>\r\n\r\nYou knew this one was coming…if you really want your pet to cooperate; a hefty stash of treats will usually get the job done.  \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy Love, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jenn_vela/3206785629/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"375\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy Love</em>\r\nPhoto by Hella Vella<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','Pet Photography Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5935-revision-6','','','2011-11-09 15:33:17','2011-11-09 15:33:17','',5935,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5935-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5951,16,'2011-11-09 15:32:15','2011-11-09 15:32:15','Let’s face it, most people feel (just about) the same way about their pets as they do their kids. OK that might be a little teeny tiny bit of an exaggeration…but there is no doubt that pets are like another family member. That said pets are almost equally as difficult to catch on camera as kids are, so if you think about it you could probably use the forthcoming pet photography tips to get great photos of your kids too…but…I digress, as today we’re talking about pet photography. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nAs an amateur photographer, it’s easy to find yourself taking lots and lots of photos of your pets in the hopes that one or two turn out. But today we’re talking about some practical ways to make sure you get those cute little critters before they zip off, or lick the lens. \r\n\r\n<h4>Increase The Shutter Speed</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst off, pets are quick…they wriggle and they wiggle and for the most part will not sit still long enough for you to press the shutter button, let alone get a good shot. (I can’t help but return to the thought…the more I write the more applicable this post becomes for kid photography too). So to capture all the action, and ensure you don’t get several shots of Fido’s tail as he sneaks off-camera, you need to increase your shutter speed. If you’re using a DSLR, try putting the camera into shutter priority and bumping it right up. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nBy doing so, you may also need to let a little bit more light into the camera; as the shutter speed increases the amount of light getting to the lens decreases. So to add light you can do a few things:\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Physically move to a location with more light. Move to a window with natural light or go outside (depending on the pet).</li>\r\n<li>Bump up your ISO. Don’t go too high here as you don’t want to add unnecessary noise to the image, but you can still get good crisp photos working with an ISO of 400, and perhaps a little bit higher. </li>\r\n<li>Add a light source such as a lamp or an ambient light. Try to avoid using a flash, unless you plan to bounce it, but even then you risk spooking your pet with the quick pulse of light.\r\n</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n	\r\n<h4>Think About The Background</h4> \r\n\r\nJust as you would when taking photos of people, you want to work with a nice background and environment.  Set up a nice place for your pet to sit, or try and catch them as they’re sitting on the couch (when they shouldn’t be). A candid shot of your pet in their home environment is always fun…and if they’re already comfortable you won’t have to do too much “coaxing”. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Kitten, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrewtallon/4950395769/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Kitten</em>\r\nPhoto by Andrew Tallon<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Change The Angle</h4> \r\n\r\nPets are generally much smaller than humans, so inevitably most shots end up as owners looking down at their pets. This can be a great way to get a cute shot of your pet looking up longingly at your, or perhaps looking guilty…you know what I mean! But it’s also a good idea to change your angle and get a different view, a straight-on photo looking right into your pets eye will change the entire dynamic of the photo. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bribery</h4>\r\n\r\nYou knew this one was coming…if you really want your pet to cooperate; a hefty stash of treats will usually get the job done.  \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy Love, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jenn_vela/3206785629/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy Love</em>\r\nPhoto by Hella Vella<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','Pet Photography Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5935-revision-5','','','2011-11-09 15:32:15','2011-11-09 15:32:15','',5935,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5935-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5950,16,'2011-11-09 15:31:35','2011-11-09 15:31:35','Let’s face it, most people feel (just about) the same way about their pets as they do their kids. OK that might be a little teeny tiny bit of an exaggeration…but there is no doubt that pets are like another family member. That said pets are almost equally as difficult to catch on camera as kids are, so if you think about it you could probably use the forthcoming pet photography tips to get great photos of your kids too…but…I digress, as today we’re talking about pet photography. \n\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy1.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nAs an amateur photographer, it’s easy to find yourself taking lots and lots of photos of your pets in the hopes that one or two turn out. But today we’re talking about some practical ways to make sure you get those cute little critters before they zip off, or lick the lens. \n\n<h4>Increase The Shutter Speed</h4>\n\nFirst off, pets are quick…they wriggle and they wiggle and for the most part will not sit still long enough for you to press the shutter button, let alone get a good shot. (I can’t help but return to the thought…the more I write the more applicable this post becomes for kid photography too). So to capture all the action, and ensure you don’t get several shots of Fido’s tail as he sneaks off-camera, you need to increase your shutter speed. If you’re using a DSLR, try putting the camera into shutter priority and bumping it right up. \n\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten2.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nBy doing so, you may also need to let a little bit more light into the camera; as the shutter speed increases the amount of light getting to the lens decreases. So to add light you can do a few things:\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Physically move to a location with more light. Move to a window with natural light or go outside (depending on the pet).</li>\n<li>Bump up your ISO. Don’t go too high here as you don’t want to add unnecessary noise to the image, but you can still get good crisp photos working with an ISO of 400, and perhaps a little bit higher. </li>\n<li>Add a light source such as a lamp or an ambient light. Try to avoid using a flash, unless you plan to bounce it, but even then you risk spooking your pet with the quick pulse of light.\n</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n	\n<h4>Think About The Background</h4> \n\nJust as you would when taking photos of people, you want to work with a nice background and environment.  Set up a nice place for your pet to sit, or try and catch them as they’re sitting on the couch (when they shouldn’t be). A candid shot of your pet in their home environment is always fun…and if they’re already comfortable you won’t have to do too much “coaxing”. \n\n<a title=\"Kitten, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrewtallon/4950395769/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten1.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Kitten</em>\nPhoto by Andrew Tallon<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Change The Angle</h4> \n\nPets are generally much smaller than humans, so inevitably most shots end up as owners looking down at their pets. This can be a great way to get a cute shot of your pet looking up longingly at your, or perhaps looking guilty…you know what I mean! But it’s also a good idea to change your angle and get a different view, a straight-on photo looking right into your pets eye will change the entire dynamic of the photo. \n\n<h4>Bribery</h4>\n\nYou knew this one was coming…if you really want your pet to cooperate; a hefty stash of treats will usually get the job done.  \n\n<a title=\"Puppy Love, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jenn_vela/3206785629/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy2.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy Love</em>\nPhoto by Hella Vella<p>&nbsp;</p>\n','Pet Photography Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5935-revision-4','','','2011-11-09 15:31:35','2011-11-09 15:31:35','',5935,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5935-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5945,16,'2011-11-09 15:24:44','2011-11-09 15:24:44','','puppy1','','inherit','open','open','','puppy1','','','2011-11-09 15:24:44','2011-11-09 15:24:44','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5946,16,'2011-11-09 15:26:32','2011-11-09 15:26:32','','kitten1','','inherit','open','open','','kitten1','','','2011-11-09 15:26:32','2011-11-09 15:26:32','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5947,16,'2011-11-09 15:26:37','2011-11-09 15:26:37','','kitten2','','inherit','open','open','','kitten2','','','2011-11-09 15:26:37','2011-11-09 15:26:37','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5948,16,'2011-11-09 15:26:42','2011-11-09 15:26:42','','puppy2','','inherit','open','open','','puppy2','','','2011-11-09 15:26:42','2011-11-09 15:26:42','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5949,16,'2011-11-09 15:30:35','2011-11-09 15:30:35','Let’s face it, most people feel (just about) the same way about their pets as they do their kids. OK that might be a little teeny tiny bit of an exaggeration…but there is no doubt that pets are like another family member. That said pets are almost equally as difficult to catch on camera as kids are, so if you think about it you could probably use the forthcoming pet photography tips to get great photos of your kids too…but…I digress, as today we’re talking about pet photography. \n\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy1.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nAs an amateur photographer, it’s easy to find yourself taking lots and lots of photos of your pets in the hopes that one or two turn out. But today we’re talking about some practical ways to make sure you get those cute little critters before they zip off, or lick the lens. \n\n<h4>Increase The Shutter Speed</h4>\n\nFirst off, pets are quick…they wriggle and they wiggle and for the most part will not sit still long enough for you to press the shutter button, let alone get a good shot. (I can’t help but return to the thought…the more I write the more applicable this post becomes for kid photography too). So to capture all the action, and ensure you don’t get several shots of Fido’s tail as he sneaks off-camera, you need to increase your shutter speed. If you’re using a DSLR, try putting the camera into shutter priority and bumping it right up. \n\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten2.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nBy doing so, you may also need to let a little bit more light into the camera; as the shutter speed increases the amount of light getting to the lens decreases. So to add light you can do a few things:\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Physically move to a location with more light. Move to a window with natural light or go outside (depending on the pet).</li>\n<li>Bump up your ISO. Don’t go too high here as you don’t want to add unnecessary noise to the image, but you can still get good crisp photos working with an ISO of 400, and perhaps a little bit higher. </li>\n<li>Add a light source such as a lamp or an ambient light. Try to avoid using a flash, unless you plan to bounce it, but even then you risk spooking your pet with the quick pulse of light.\n</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n	\n<h4>Think About The Background</h4> \n\nJust as you would when taking photos of people, you want to work with a nice background and environment.  Set up a nice place for your pet to sit, or try and catch them as they’re sitting on the couch (when they shouldn’t be). A candid shot of your pet in their home environment is always fun…and if they’re already comfortable you won’t have to do too much “coaxing”. \n\n<a title=\"Kitten, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrewtallon/4950395769/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten2.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Kitten</em>\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Change The Angle</h4> \n\nPets are generally much smaller than humans, so inevitably most shots end up as owners looking down at their pets. This can be a great way to get a cute shot of your pet looking up longingly at your, or perhaps looking guilty…you know what I mean! But it’s also a good idea to change your angle and get a different view, a straight-on photo looking right into your pets eye will change the entire dynamic of the photo. \n\n<h4>Bribery</h4>\n\nYou knew this one was coming…if you really want your pet to cooperate; a hefty stash of treats will usually get the job done.  \n\n<a title=\"Puppy Love, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jenn_vela/3206785629/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy2.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy Love</em>\nPhoto by Hella Vella<p>&nbsp;</p>\n','Pet Photography Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5935-revision-3','','','2011-11-09 15:30:35','2011-11-09 15:30:35','',5935,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5935-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5944,16,'2011-11-09 15:09:24','2011-11-09 15:09:24','Still life is the study of an inanimate object…takes you right back to 6th grade art class! However, still life images are not restricted to painting and drawing – many of us take still life photos every day without actually realizing that we are taking a “still life”. When you really think about it, you may realize just how many still life’s you’ve taken over the years. In the traditional sense a still life is often thought of as a bowl of fruit, a vase of flowers, or an arrangement of related (or non-related) objects. But ultimately any type of objects that you set up or create as a scene can be a still life; they don’t necessarily need to be flowers or fruit. The key to creating a good still life is thinking about the object in terms of setting the scene. \n\nWhen you think about your object in the same terms that you would as a normal “subject” such as a personal or an animal, you begin to see the photograph in the same way you would any other. And just like any other photograph you need good light (as well as a willing subject), so you’re well on your way. \n\nFurther to that, here are a few practical tips for shooting still life images. \n\n<h4>Arranging and Composition:</h4> \n[list style=\"arrow\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Arrange your object(s) in a pleasing way. If you’re using fruit, use a bowl that compliments the color of the fruit. </li>\n<li>If you are grouping several items together, try to use bunches of 3 or 5. Even though they are technically “odd” numbers, they provide a more balanced feel to the final image. </li>\n<li>Try to arrange your object so that the light hits it in a pleasing way, the most natural light may be from the side. Check for harsh shadows falling over your objects and adjust your scene accordingly.</li>\n<li>You’ve actually got a lot of options when it comes to composition and still life is a good time to play around with breaking the “traditional” composition rules. Experiment! Still life objects often look nice as the sole central point of an image…hurrah!</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\n[list style=\"arrow\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>We suggest you start with aperture priority mode, which will give you the ability to change the depth of field and create a sense of space in your image.</li>\n<li>Make sure there is enough light – either shoot near a window or a natural light source, or use a bounce flash. </li>\n<li>Set up your camera’s white balance. Depending on your shooting conditions you may be able to use a white balance preset, or try setting your white balance to custom and shooting a piece of white paper as a reference point for your camera. </li>\n<li>Take the time you need to analyse your photos, if you have the ability to tether your camera to your laptop or computer you will see your photos in a whole new light! If you see something you don’t like…change it and shoot it again (that’s the beauty of having a patient subject)!</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]	 \n\n<h4>Post Production:</h4> \n\n-	Play with the white balance, curves, levels and contrast to enhance your image. \n-	Try out some post-processing effects. Adding a vignette to a still life’s is often a nice way to add a bit more depth. Why not try your image in black & white? Or split-tone? The options are literally endless…\n\nSo next time you see a beautiful vase of flowers, start thinking of it in terms of how you can arrange it to be your next still life subject! \n','Still Life Photography Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5943-revision','','','2011-11-09 15:09:24','2011-11-09 15:09:24','',5943,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5943-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5939,16,'2011-11-09 14:14:42','2011-11-09 14:14:42','','Screen Shot 2011-11-09 at 13.59.33','','inherit','open','open','','screen-shot-2011-11-09-at-13-59-33','','','2011-11-09 14:14:42','2011-11-09 14:14:42','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Screen-Shot-2011-11-09-at-13.59.33.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5940,16,'2011-11-09 14:16:09','2011-11-09 14:16:09','So we saw this little tidbit of information floating around the techy Internet, naturally we had to share it with you given we have been hoping this would come onto the market soon! Imagine this scenario...you\'re on holiday with your whole family and you want to take a family photo with your iPhone, but it doesn\'t feel right to hand your iPhone to a stranger to ask them to take the photo. Sure, we\'ve done this with our cameras for years, but lets face it even that is a worry, depending on the quality of the camera. So what if you could set up your iPhone on a little tripod or iPhone stand and release the shutter from a teeny tiny handheld remote control.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"303\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Screen-Shot-2011-11-09-at-13.59.33.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>  \n\nEnter the Belkin iPhone Camera Remote...come the end of this year (TBC) you will be able to do just that, and you\'ll also be able to control the recording when shooting video. How cool is that? \n\nPersonally, we think this will be a great stocking stuffer for iPhoneography types! We\'ve already put it on our list.  ','iPhone Camera Remote Control...Yes Please! ','','inherit','open','open','','5938-revision','','','2011-11-09 14:16:09','2011-11-09 14:16:09','',5938,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5938-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5941,16,'2011-11-09 14:18:04','2011-11-09 14:18:04','So we saw this little tidbit of information floating around the techy Internet, naturally we had to share it with you given we have been hoping this would come onto the market soon! Imagine this scenario...you\'re on holiday with your whole family and you want to take a family photo with your iPhone, but it doesn\'t feel right to hand your iPhone to a stranger to ask them to take the photo. Sure, we\'ve done this with our cameras for years, but lets face it even that is a worry, depending on the quality of the camera. So what if you could set up your iPhone on a little tripod or iPhone stand and release the shutter from a teeny tiny handheld remote control.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"303\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Screen-Shot-2011-11-09-at-13.59.33.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>  \r\n\r\nEnter the Belkin iPhone Camera Remote Control...come the end of this year (TBC) you will be able to do just that, and you\'ll also be able to control the recording when shooting video. How cool is that? \r\n\r\nPersonally, we think this will be a great stocking stuffer for iPhoneography types! We\'ve already put it on our list.  ','iPhone Camera Remote Control...Yes Please! ','','inherit','open','open','','5938-revision-2','','','2011-11-09 14:18:04','2011-11-09 14:18:04','',5938,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5938-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5942,16,'2011-11-09 14:18:09','2011-11-09 14:18:09','So we saw this little tidbit of information floating around the techy Internet, naturally we had to share it with you given we have been hoping this would come onto the market soon! Imagine this scenario...you\'re on holiday with your whole family and you want to take a family photo with your iPhone, but it doesn\'t feel right to hand your iPhone to a stranger to ask them to take the photo. Sure, we\'ve done this with our cameras for years, but lets face it even that is a worry, depending on the quality of the camera. So what if you could set up your iPhone on a little tripod or iPhone stand and release the shutter from a teeny tiny handheld remote control.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"303\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Screen-Shot-2011-11-09-at-13.59.33.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>  \r\n\r\nEnter the Belkin iPhone Camera Remote Control...come the end of this year (TBC) you will be able to do just that, and you\'ll also be able to control the recording when shooting video. How cool is that? \r\n\r\nPersonally, we think this will be a great stocking stuffer for iPhoneography types! We\'ve already put it on our list.  ','iPhone Camera Remote Control...Yes Please! ','','inherit','open','open','','5938-revision-3','','','2011-11-09 14:18:09','2011-11-09 14:18:09','',5938,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5938-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5943,16,'2011-11-14 08:00:02','2011-11-14 08:00:02','Still life is the study of an inanimate object…takes you right back to 6th grade art class! However, still life images are not restricted to painting and drawing – many of us take still life photos every day without actually realizing that we are taking a “still life”. When you really think about it, you may realize just how many still life’s you’ve taken over the years. In the traditional sense a still life is often thought of as a bowl of fruit, a vase of flowers, or an arrangement of related (or non-related) objects. But ultimately any type of objects that you set up or create as a scene can be a still life; they don’t necessarily need to be flowers or fruit. The key to creating a good still life is thinking about the object in terms of setting the scene. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Still-life at Historic 1930s Wray Home, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/nancyvioletavelez/5920747068/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"365\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/stilllife1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Still-life at Historic 1930s Wray Home</em>\r\nPhoto by Nancy Violeta Velez<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nWhen you think about your object in the same terms that you would as a normal “subject” such as a personal or an animal, you begin to see the photograph in the same way you would any other. And just like any other photograph you need good light (as well as a willing subject), so you’re well on your way. \r\n\r\nFurther to that, here are a few practical tips for shooting still life images. \r\n\r\n<h4>Arranging and Composition:</h4> \r\n[list style=\"arrow\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Arrange your object(s) in a pleasing way. If you’re using fruit, use a bowl that compliments the color of the fruit. </li>\r\n<li>If you are grouping several items together, try to use bunches of 3 or 5. Even though they are technically “odd” numbers, they provide a more balanced feel to the final image. </li>\r\n<li>Try to arrange your object so that the light hits it in a pleasing way, the most natural light may be from the side. Check for harsh shadows falling over your objects and adjust your scene accordingly.</li>\r\n<li>You’ve actually got a lot of options when it comes to composition and still life is a good time to play around with breaking the “traditional” composition rules. Experiment! Still life objects often look nice as the sole central point of an image…hurrah!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a title=\"Still life in a Penfolds Bottle, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/monkeyc/91333256/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"418\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/stilllife2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Still Life in a Penfold\'s Bottle</em>\r\nPhoto by Monkeyc.net<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\r\n[list style=\"arrow\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>We suggest you start with aperture priority mode, which will give you the ability to change the depth of field and create a sense of space in your image.</li>\r\n<li>Make sure there is enough light – either shoot near a window or a natural light source, or use a bounce flash. </li>\r\n<li>Set up your camera’s white balance. Depending on your shooting conditions you may be able to use a white balance preset, or try setting your white balance to custom and shooting a piece of white paper as a reference point for your camera. </li>\r\n<li>Take the time you need to analyse your photos, if you have the ability to tether your camera to your laptop or computer you will see your photos in a whole new light! If you see something you don’t like…change it and shoot it again (that’s the beauty of having a patient subject)!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]	 \r\n\r\n<h4>Post Production:</h4> \r\n[list style=\"arrow\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Play with the white balance, curves, levels and contrast to enhance your image.</li>\r\n<li>Try out some post-processing effects. Adding a vignette to a still life’s is often a nice way to add a bit more depth.</li>\r\n<li>Why not try your image in black & white? Or split-tone? The options are literally endless…</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nSo next time you see a beautiful vase of flowers, start thinking of it in terms of how you can arrange it to be your next still life subject! \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Radiant Bones, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/christophersoddsandsods/2671683156/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"441\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/stilllife3.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Radiant Bones</em>\r\nPhoto by Smiling Monk<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','Still Life Photography Tips','','publish','open','open','','still-life-photography-tips','','','2011-11-09 16:26:40','2011-11-09 16:26:40','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5943',0,'post','',0),(5937,16,'2011-11-09 13:42:21','2011-11-09 13:42:21','Let’s face it, most people feel (just about) the same way about their pets as they do their kids. OK that might be a little teeny tiny bit of an exaggeration…but there is no doubt that pets are like another family member. That said pets are almost equally as difficult to catch on camera as kids are, so if you think about it you could probably use the forthcoming tips to get great photos of your kids too…but…I digress, as today we’re talking about pet photography. \n\nAs an amateur photographer, it’s easy to find yourself taking lots and lots of photos of your pets in the hopes that one or two turn out. But today we’re talking about some practical ways to make sure you get those cute little critters before they zip off, or lick the lens. \n\n<h4>Increase The Shutter Speed</h4>\n\nFirst off, pets are quick…they wriggle and they wiggle and for the most part will not sit still long enough for you to press the shutter button, let alone get a good shot. (I can’t help but return to the thought…the more I write the more applicable this post becomes for kid photography too). So to capture all the action, and ensure you don’t get several shots of Fido’s tail as he sneaks off-camera, you need to increase your shutter speed. If you’re using a DSLR, try putting the camera into shutter priority and bumping it right up. \n\nBy doing so, you may also need to let a little bit more light into the camera; as the shutter speed increases the amount of light getting to the lens decreases. So to add light you can do a few things:\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Physically move to a location with more light. Move to a window with natural light or go outside (depending on the pet).</li>\n<li>Bump up your ISO. Don’t go too high here as you don’t want to add unnecessary noise to the image, but you can still get good crisp photos working with an ISO of 400, and perhaps a little bit higher. </li>\n<li>Add a light source such as a lamp or an ambient light. Try to avoid using a flash, unless you plan to bounce it, but even then you risk spooking your pet with the quick pulse of light.\n</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n	\n<h4>Think About The Background</h4> \n\nJust as you would when taking photos of people, you want to work with a nice background and environment.  Set up a nice place for your pet to sit, or try and catch them as they’re sitting on the couch (when they shouldn’t be). A candid shot of your pet in their home environment is always fun…and if they’re already comfortable you won’t have to do too much “coaxing”. \n\n<h4>Change The Angle</h4> \n\nPets are generally much smaller than humans, so inevitably most shots end up as owners looking down at their pets. This can be a great way to get a cute shot of your pet looking up longingly at your, or perhaps looking guilty…you know what I mean! But it’s also a good idea to change your angle and get a different view, a straight-on photo looking right into your pets eye will change the entire dynamic of the photo. \n\n<h4>Bribery</h4>\n\nYou knew this one was coming…if you really want your pet to cooperate; a hefty stash of treats will usually get the job done.  \n','Pet Photography Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5935-revision-2','','','2011-11-09 13:42:21','2011-11-09 13:42:21','',5935,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5935-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5938,16,'2011-11-11 08:00:44','2011-11-11 08:00:44','So we saw this little tidbit of information floating around the techy Internet, naturally we had to share it with you given we have been hoping this would come onto the market soon! Imagine this scenario...you\'re on holiday with your whole family and you want to take a family photo with your iPhone, but it doesn\'t feel right to hand your iPhone to a stranger to ask them to take the photo. \r\n\r\nSure, we\'ve done this with our cameras for years, but lets face it that is equally worrysome, as some people are just as likely to run off with your camera...but for some reason we\'re still willing to ask. But what if you could set up your iPhone on a tripod or an iPhone stand and release the shutter from a teeny tiny handheld remote control?\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"303\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Screen-Shot-2011-11-09-at-13.59.33.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>  \r\n\r\nEnter the Belkin iPhone Camera Remote Control...come the end of this year (TBC) you will be able to do just that, and you\'ll also be able to control the recording when shooting video. How cool is that? \r\n\r\nPersonally, we think this will be a great stocking stuffer for iPhoneography types! We\'ve already put it on our list.  ','iPhone Camera Remote Control...Yes Please!','','publish','open','open','','iphone-camera-remote-control-yes-please','','','2011-11-09 16:26:16','2011-11-09 16:26:16','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5938',0,'post','',0),(5935,16,'2011-11-07 08:00:17','2011-11-07 08:00:17','Let’s face it, most people feel (just about) the same way about their pets as they do their kids. OK that might be a little teeny tiny bit of an exaggeration…but there is no doubt that pets are like another family member. That said pets are almost equally as difficult to catch on camera as kids are, so if you think about it you could probably use the forthcoming pet photography tips to get great photos of your kids too…but…I digress, as today we’re talking about pet photography. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nAs an amateur photographer, it’s easy to find yourself taking lots and lots of photos of your pets in the hopes that one or two turn out. But today we’re talking about some practical ways to make sure you get those cute little critters before they zip off, or lick the lens. \r\n\r\n<h4>Increase The Shutter Speed</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst off, pets are quick…they wriggle and they wiggle and for the most part will not sit still long enough for you to press the shutter button, let alone get a good shot. (I can’t help but return to the thought…the more I write the more applicable this post becomes for kid photography too). So to capture all the action, and ensure you don’t get several shots of Fido’s tail as he sneaks off-camera, you need to increase your shutter speed. If you’re using a DSLR, try putting the camera into shutter priority and bumping it right up. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Cat, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/cubagallery/4668304749/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Cat</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nBy doing so, you may also need to let a little bit more light into the camera; as the shutter speed increases the amount of light getting to the lens decreases. So to add light you can do a few things:\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Physically move to a location with more light. Move to a window with natural light or go outside (depending on the pet).</li>\r\n<li>Bump up your ISO. Don’t go too high here as you don’t want to add unnecessary noise to the image, but you can still get good crisp photos working with an ISO of 400, and perhaps a little bit higher. </li>\r\n<li>Add a light source such as a lamp or an ambient light. Try to avoid using a flash, unless you plan to bounce it, but even then you risk spooking your pet with the quick pulse of light.\r\n</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n	\r\n<h4>Think About The Background</h4> \r\n\r\nJust as you would when taking photos of people, you want to work with a nice background and environment.  Set up a nice place for your pet to sit, or try and catch them as they’re sitting on the couch (when they shouldn’t be). A candid shot of your pet in their home environment is always fun…and if they’re already comfortable you won’t have to do too much “coaxing”. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Kitten, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrewtallon/4950395769/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Kitten</em>\r\nPhoto by Andrew Tallon<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Change The Angle</h4> \r\n\r\nPets are generally much smaller than humans, so inevitably most shots end up as owners looking down at their pets. This can be a great way to get a cute shot of your pet looking up longingly at your, or perhaps looking guilty…you know what I mean! But it’s also a good idea to change your angle and get a different view, a straight-on photo looking right into your pets eye will change the entire dynamic of the photo. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bribery</h4>\r\n\r\nYou knew this one was coming…if you really want your pet to cooperate; a hefty stash of treats will usually get the job done.  \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy Love, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jenn_vela/3206785629/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"375\" height=\"500\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy Love</em>\r\nPhoto by Hella Vella<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','Pet Photography Tips','','publish','open','open','','pet-photography-tips','','','2011-11-11 05:18:29','2011-11-11 05:18:29','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5935',0,'post','',0),(5936,16,'2011-11-09 13:41:21','2011-11-09 13:41:21','Let’s face it, most people feel (just about) the same way about their pets as they do their kids. OK that might be a little teeny tiny bit of an exaggeration…but there is no doubt that pets are like another family member. That said pets are almost equally as difficult to catch on camera as kids are, so if you think about it you could probably use the forthcoming tips to get great photos of your kids too…but…I digress, as today we’re talking about pet photography. \n\nAs an amateur photographer, it’s easy to find yourself taking lots and lots of photos of your pets in the hopes that one or two turn out. But today we’re talking about some practical ways to make sure you get those cute little critters before they zip off, or lick the lens. \n\n<h4>Increase The Shutter Speed</h4>\n\nFirst off, pets are quick…they wriggle and they wiggle and for the most part will not sit still long enough for you to press the shutter button, let alone get a good shot. (I can’t help but return to the thought…the more I write the more applicable this post becomes for kid photography too). So to capture all the action, and ensure you don’t get several shots of Fido’s tail as he sneaks off-camera, you need to increase your shutter speed. If you’re using a DSLR, try putting the camera into shutter priority and bumping it right up. \n\nBy doing so, you may also need to let a little bit more light into the camera; as the shutter speed increases the amount of light getting to the lens decreases. So to add light you can do a few things:\n\n\n\n- Physically move to a location with more light. Move to a window with natural light or go outside (depending on the pet).\n-	Bump up your ISO. Don’t go too high here as you don’t want to add unnecessary noise to the image, but you can still get good crisp photos working with an ISO of 400, and perhaps a little bit higher. \n-	Add a light source such as a lamp or an ambient light. Try to avoid using a flash, unless you plan to bounce it, but even then you risk spooking your pet with the quick pulse of light.\n\n<h4>Think About The Background</h4> \n\nJust as you would when taking photos of people, you want to work with a nice background and environment.  Set up a nice place for your pet to sit, or try and catch them as they’re sitting on the couch (when they shouldn’t be). A candid shot of your pet in their home environment is always fun…and if they’re already comfortable you won’t have to do too much “coaxing”. \n\n<h4>Change The Angle</h4> \n\nPets are generally much smaller than humans, so inevitably most shots end up as owners looking down at their pets. This can be a great way to get a cute shot of your pet looking up longingly at your, or perhaps looking guilty…you know what I mean! But it’s also a good idea to change your angle and get a different view, a straight-on photo looking right into your pets eye will change the entire dynamic of the photo. \n\n<h4>Bribery</h4>\n\nYou knew this one was coming…if you really want your pet to cooperate; a hefty stash of treats will usually get the job done.  \n','Pet Photography Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5935-revision','','','2011-11-09 13:41:21','2011-11-09 13:41:21','',5935,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5935-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5962,16,'2011-11-09 15:34:50','2011-11-09 15:34:50','Let’s face it, most people feel (just about) the same way about their pets as they do their kids. OK that might be a little teeny tiny bit of an exaggeration…but there is no doubt that pets are like another family member. That said pets are almost equally as difficult to catch on camera as kids are, so if you think about it you could probably use the forthcoming pet photography tips to get great photos of your kids too…but…I digress, as today we’re talking about pet photography. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nAs an amateur photographer, it’s easy to find yourself taking lots and lots of photos of your pets in the hopes that one or two turn out. But today we’re talking about some practical ways to make sure you get those cute little critters before they zip off, or lick the lens. \r\n\r\n<h4>Increase The Shutter Speed</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst off, pets are quick…they wriggle and they wiggle and for the most part will not sit still long enough for you to press the shutter button, let alone get a good shot. (I can’t help but return to the thought…the more I write the more applicable this post becomes for kid photography too). So to capture all the action, and ensure you don’t get several shots of Fido’s tail as he sneaks off-camera, you need to increase your shutter speed. If you’re using a DSLR, try putting the camera into shutter priority and bumping it right up. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nBy doing so, you may also need to let a little bit more light into the camera; as the shutter speed increases the amount of light getting to the lens decreases. So to add light you can do a few things:\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Physically move to a location with more light. Move to a window with natural light or go outside (depending on the pet).</li>\r\n<li>Bump up your ISO. Don’t go too high here as you don’t want to add unnecessary noise to the image, but you can still get good crisp photos working with an ISO of 400, and perhaps a little bit higher. </li>\r\n<li>Add a light source such as a lamp or an ambient light. Try to avoid using a flash, unless you plan to bounce it, but even then you risk spooking your pet with the quick pulse of light.\r\n</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n	\r\n<h4>Think About The Background</h4> \r\n\r\nJust as you would when taking photos of people, you want to work with a nice background and environment.  Set up a nice place for your pet to sit, or try and catch them as they’re sitting on the couch (when they shouldn’t be). A candid shot of your pet in their home environment is always fun…and if they’re already comfortable you won’t have to do too much “coaxing”. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Kitten, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrewtallon/4950395769/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Kitten</em>\r\nPhoto by Andrew Tallon<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Change The Angle</h4> \r\n\r\nPets are generally much smaller than humans, so inevitably most shots end up as owners looking down at their pets. This can be a great way to get a cute shot of your pet looking up longingly at your, or perhaps looking guilty…you know what I mean! But it’s also a good idea to change your angle and get a different view, a straight-on photo looking right into your pets eye will change the entire dynamic of the photo. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bribery</h4>\r\n\r\nYou knew this one was coming…if you really want your pet to cooperate; a hefty stash of treats will usually get the job done.  \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy Love, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jenn_vela/3206785629/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"375\" height=\"500\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy Love</em>\r\nPhoto by Hella Vella<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','Pet Photography Tips','','inherit','open','open','','5935-revision-9','','','2011-11-09 15:34:50','2011-11-09 15:34:50','',5935,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5935-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5934,16,'2011-11-09 10:14:00','2011-11-09 10:14:00','We are totally over the moon to give you guys a heads up on this one...we\'ve been busy little beavers working behind the scenes to bring you a fully comprehensive online iPhoneography video course called iPhone Camera Essentials. This is something that has been in the works for several months now, admittedly we may have underestimated the breadth and depth (read: awesomeness) of iPhoneography when we began this project, but we have learned SO MUCH along the way, and we\'re really proud of the program. \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.iphonecameraessentials.com\" title=\"iPhone Camera Essentials\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"414\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE1.jpg\"  ]</a><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTo celebrate the forthcoming launch, we want to share the BETA version with you guys so we\'re sending out 200 invitations to budding iPhoneographers and fans of iPhoneography...that\'s you!!! There\'s a limited time to take advantage of this opportunity and only the first 200 people to join over the next few days will get access to a 1-year subscription to iPhone Camera Essentials (a $119.99 value) for FREE! That\'s nothing...nada...zip...zilch!! Many of the videos cater to beginner iPhoneographers, but there is also a great selection of intermediate topics, we can guarantee there\'s something for everyone! \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.iphonecameraessentials.com\" title=\"iPhone Camera Essentials\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"399\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE2.jpg\"  ]</a><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nWith your FREE subscription you will get access to all of the videos in the site (that\'s over 30) plus all of the new videos we post in the next 12 months! You\'ll also get our brand new eBook - Instagram Hidden Gems, the ultimate guide to getting likes and followers! \r\n\r\nSounds good right?? All you need to do to get involved is visit, <a href=\"http://www.iphonecameraessentials.com\" title=\"#\">iphonecameraessentials.com</a> and click on join now! When prompted use this coupon code: 1YFSUBS\r\n\r\nWhy are we doing this? For two reasons. First because we think fans of iPhone photography will benefit from this product and we\'d like to share what we\'ve done with the most involved among you. Frankly we love our readers and feel you guys should be the first to check it out. Second, we need a little bit of help to identify some of the kinks so you can let us know where we might be able to improve the site and the videos for customers down the road. \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.iphonecameraessentials.com\" title=\"iPhone Camera Essentials\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"389\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ICE3.jpg\"  ]</a><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo go grab your seat now, before it\'s too late! Feel free to share the love with your iPhoneography friends, but make sure you do it quickly, we expect 200 places to go fast! Don\'t miss out!\r\n\r\n','TBL Launches iPhone Camera Essentials BETA ','','inherit','open','open','','5927-revision-3','','','2011-11-09 10:14:00','2011-11-09 10:14:00','',5927,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5927-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5292,16,'2011-09-19 10:24:55','2011-09-19 10:24:55','Last week, we began a new series here on The Beginners Lens...a backstage look into the world of app development. We kicked off meeting the fine folks behind infographic creator app, <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/meet-the-developers-dear-future-astronaut.html\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">Photo Stats.</a> This week we\'ve managed to catch up with Takayuki Fukatsu, the developer of one of the most popular fake miniature photo creators, the TiltShift Generator! If you\'re a fan of fake miniature photos, you\'ll definitely want to read this!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"340\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Art & Mobile, as a company, and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my personal application brand. I mainly make applications for the field of art and design, and the apps turn mobile devices into art-making machines! The major applications that I have made are TiltShift Generator and QuadCamera. TiltShift Generator is for making fake miniature photos, and the other enables you to take multiple photos with your mobile camera.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nArt & Mobile is my individual brand, for which I do both design and programming. Occasionally I have a few other people working with me, mainly friends who join the project. In particular, Takuma Mori was the main programmer for TiltShift Generator and I created the user interface.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"374\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Tiltshift Generator, and give us a little bit of background on it?</h4>\r\n\r\nYep, as mentioned above my flagship app is TiltShift Generator. It was originally made for web and created with flash...I didn\'t originally intend for it to be an iPhone app.\r\n\r\nThe initial idea of an application for fake miniature is from photos taken by Naoki Honjo and other photographers. To understand the fake miniature effect better I bought 3 TiltShift Lens, the TS-E90mm, TS-E45mm, and TS-E17mm for Canon 5dMK2 DSLR. I then made prototype with flash and uploaded it to my website. I had a lot of people link to it via del.icio.us, and from the great response there, I decided to make an iPhone version. \r\n\r\nTo start with, I actually made this app for my own use, so I made it as easy to use as possible. I also went through a very comprehensive user testing phase, working with flash and other platforms. The response to the app has been really great, and since it was published on iTunes, it\'s had approximately 1,500,000 downloads, which is an overwhelming response!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/tilt4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would like to support <a href=\"http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/photoapplink-ties-iphone-photo-apps-together-to-make-multi-app-editing-simple/\" title=\"PhotoAppLink Network\">PhotoAppLink network.</a>  It\'s also been suggested that we integrate with Instagram, so we\'re considering that too. I\'m also making a new tutorial on HOW to make fake miniature photos.\r\n\r\nTune in next week to get all the dirt on the development of photo-editing giant FX Photo Studio! ','Meet The Developers: Art & Mobile - TiltShift Generator','','inherit','open','open','','5230-revision-12','','','2011-09-19 10:24:55','2011-09-19 10:24:55','',5230,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5230-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(5294,16,'2011-09-21 10:55:09','2011-09-21 10:55:09','<em>21 September 2001</em>\r\n\r\nHey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since its release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s our thoughts on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the additions. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/chrysti\" title=\"Instagramer @chrysti\">@chrysti</a> has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird is quite different - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change at first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nDon\'t forget you can check out our Instagram feed <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/thebeginnerslens\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Instagram Feed\">@thebeginnerslens</a> Until 2.0.1, over and out.  \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','publish','open','open','','instagram-version-2-0-0-update','','','2011-09-21 12:31:24','2011-09-21 12:31:24','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5294',0,'post','',0),(5295,16,'2011-09-21 10:03:31','2011-09-21 10:03:31','','earlybird','','inherit','open','open','','earlybird','','','2011-09-21 10:03:31','2011-09-21 10:03:31','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5296,16,'2011-09-21 10:03:36','2011-09-21 10:03:36','','texture','','inherit','open','open','','texture','','','2011-09-21 10:03:36','2011-09-21 10:03:36','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5297,16,'2011-09-21 10:01:45','2011-09-21 10:01:45','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent update to Instagram - version 2.0.0 is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \n\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \n\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\n<li>4 new filters</li>\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\nPlus: \n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\n<li>New icon </li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \n\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \n\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \n\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \n\n','Instagram - Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision','','','2011-09-21 10:01:45','2011-09-21 10:01:45','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5298,16,'2011-09-21 10:04:36','2011-09-21 10:04:36','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent update to Instagram - version 2.0.0 is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ][imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]','Instagram - Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-2','','','2011-09-21 10:04:36','2011-09-21 10:04:36','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5299,16,'2011-09-21 10:04:43','2011-09-21 10:04:43','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent update to Instagram - version 2.0.0 is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ][imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]','Instagram - Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-3','','','2011-09-21 10:04:43','2011-09-21 10:04:43','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5300,16,'2011-09-21 10:05:27','2011-09-21 10:05:27','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent update to Instagram - version 2.0.0 is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"250\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ][imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"250\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]','Instagram - Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-4','','','2011-09-21 10:05:27','2011-09-21 10:05:27','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5301,16,'2011-09-21 10:05:41','2011-09-21 10:05:41','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent update to Instagram - version 2.0.0 is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"250\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ][imageeffect type=\"frame\" width=\"250\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]','Instagram - Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-5','','','2011-09-21 10:05:41','2011-09-21 10:05:41','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5302,16,'2011-09-21 10:06:42','2011-09-21 10:06:42','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent update to Instagram - version 2.0.0 is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"250\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" width=\"250\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]','Instagram - Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-6','','','2011-09-21 10:06:42','2011-09-21 10:06:42','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5303,16,'2011-09-21 10:07:04','2011-09-21 10:07:04','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent update to Instagram - version 2.0.0 is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"250\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ][imageeffect type=\"frame\" width=\"250\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]','Instagram - Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-7','','','2011-09-21 10:07:04','2011-09-21 10:07:04','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5304,16,'2011-09-21 10:07:36','2011-09-21 10:07:36','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent update to Instagram - version 2.0.0 is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"250\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"250\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]','Instagram - Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-8','','','2011-09-21 10:07:36','2011-09-21 10:07:36','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5305,16,'2011-09-21 10:24:31','2011-09-21 10:24:31','','Screen Shot 2011-09-21 at 11.23.53','','inherit','open','open','','screen-shot-2011-09-21-at-11-23-53','','','2011-09-21 10:24:31','2011-09-21 10:24:31','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5306,16,'2011-09-21 10:23:28','2011-09-21 10:23:28','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird has had quite a dramatic change - suddenly the vignetting is gone and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s \"dreaminess\". \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>Notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone. \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change a first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nUntil 2.0.1, over and out. \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-9','','','2011-09-21 10:23:28','2011-09-21 10:23:28','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5307,16,'2011-09-21 10:25:19','2011-09-21 10:25:19','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird has had quite a dramatic change - suddenly the vignetting is gone and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s \"dreaminess\". \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>Notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone. \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change a first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nUntil 2.0.1, over and out. \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-10','','','2011-09-21 10:25:19','2011-09-21 10:25:19','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5308,16,'2011-09-21 10:27:40','2011-09-21 10:27:40','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird has had quite a dramatic change - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\". \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>Look closely and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone. \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change a first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nUntil 2.0.1, over and out. \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-11','','','2011-09-21 10:27:40','2011-09-21 10:27:40','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(5309,16,'2011-09-21 10:31:46','2011-09-21 10:31:46','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer @chrysti has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird has had quite a dramatic change - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change a first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nUntil 2.0.1, over and out. \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-12','','','2011-09-21 10:31:46','2011-09-21 10:31:46','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(5310,16,'2011-09-21 10:34:02','2011-09-21 10:34:02','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/chrysti\" title=\"Instagramer @chrysti\">@chrysti</a> has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird has had quite a dramatic change - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change a first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nUntil 2.0.1, over and out. \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-13','','','2011-09-21 10:34:02','2011-09-21 10:34:02','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(5311,16,'2011-09-21 10:35:52','2011-09-21 10:35:52','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/chrysti\" title=\"Instagramer @chrysti\">@chrysti</a> has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird has had quite a dramatic change - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change a first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nUntil 2.0.1, over and out. \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-14','','','2011-09-21 10:35:52','2011-09-21 10:35:52','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(5312,16,'2011-09-21 10:40:11','2011-09-21 10:40:11','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/chrysti\" title=\"Instagramer @chrysti\">@chrysti</a> has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird is quite different - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change a first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nUntil 2.0.1, over and out. \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-15','','','2011-09-21 10:40:11','2011-09-21 10:40:11','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(5313,16,'2011-09-21 10:43:06','2011-09-21 10:43:06','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s The Beginners Lens verdict on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/chrysti\" title=\"Instagramer @chrysti\">@chrysti</a> has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird is quite different - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change at first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nUntil 2.0.1, over and out. \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-16','','','2011-09-21 10:43:06','2011-09-21 10:43:06','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-16.html',0,'revision','',0),(5314,16,'2011-09-21 10:44:25','2011-09-21 10:44:25','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s our thoughts on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/chrysti\" title=\"Instagramer @chrysti\">@chrysti</a> has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird is quite different - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change at first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nUntil 2.0.1, over and out. \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-17','','','2011-09-21 10:44:25','2011-09-21 10:44:25','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-17.html',0,'revision','',0),(5315,16,'2011-09-21 10:55:09','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','@kevin @mikeyk Our thoughts on the @instagram - Version 2.0.0 Update - http://tinyurl.com/434w8lj','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-21 10:55:09','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5315',0,'tweet','',0),(5316,16,'2011-09-21 11:10:59','2011-09-21 11:10:59','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \n\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\n<li>4 new filters</li>\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\nPlus: \n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\n<li>New icon </li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\nHere\'s our thoughts on the update: \n\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \n\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \n\nInstagramer <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/chrysti\" title=\"Instagramer @chrysti\">@chrysti</a> has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird is quite different - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \n\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \n\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \n\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \n\nYes it\'s natural to resist change at first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\n\nDon\'t forget you can check out our Instagram feed <a href=\"http://gramfeed.com/thebeginnerslens\" title=\"#\">@thebeginnerslens</a> Until 2.0.1, over and out.  \n\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-autosave','','','2011-09-21 11:10:59','2011-09-21 11:10:59','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(5317,16,'2011-09-21 10:55:09','2011-09-21 10:55:09','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s our thoughts on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/chrysti\" title=\"Instagramer @chrysti\">@chrysti</a> has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird is quite different - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change at first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nUntil 2.0.1, over and out. \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-18','','','2011-09-21 10:55:09','2011-09-21 10:55:09','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-18.html',0,'revision','',0),(5318,16,'2011-09-27 08:00:12','2011-09-27 08:00:12','We know how many of you are obsessed with Instagram, and frankly we are too. So we thought it would be pretty neat to catch up with some of the top Instagramers and get their take on iPhoneography. We\'re kicking this off with graphic designer and fan of all things lo-fi (girl after my own heart) Brandy Byrd. Take it away Brandy!   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\nI am a graphic designer. I have never really been interested in photography until I ran across Instagram. So you could say my background in photography is not a traditional one.\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug?</h4>\r\nI stumbled across Instagram the day it was released and was instantly hooked! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\nI always have my iphone on me, so whenever something catches my eye, I\'m able to snap a photo of it. I do have a DSLR, but because of the size, I never carry it with me. Another thing that draws me to the iphone as a camera is the simplicity... just focus and snap.\r\n\r\n<h4>You\'ve got some awesome lo-fi images in your Instagram feed - what do you love about lo-fi?</h4> \r\nTo me, camera phones are kind of the new lo-fi. The thing I love most is the stripped down nature of the image. I love the scratches and pops in vinyl records, classic movies untouched by time, and the simplicity that lo-fi provides... different from the CGI/Photoshop we are bombarded with today.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nAlways keep your camera (or phone) with you. Don\'t be afraid to take a photo of everything that catches your eye.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\nInstagram with the earlybird filter. It\'s the only app and editing I use.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals? </h4>\r\nYou\'re able to document everything... at any time. I think moments that may have gone unnoticed in the past, will be documented now. Even the little things.. and those are important. I know there has been a lot said about the quality of images that are taken with mobile devices vs. professional equipment... it will be interesting to see how technology will progress because of this.\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>  \r\nI mainly just document my daily life, so I don\'t really have any projects in the works.\r\n\r\nFor more life in lo-fi with Brandy Byrd, check out her website <a href=\"http://www.bbyrd.com\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Website\">www.bbyrd.com</a> or follow her on Instagram <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/bbyrd\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Instagram\">@bbyrd</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n','iPhoneography with Instagramer Brandy Byrd','','publish','open','open','','iphoneography-with-instagramer-brandy-byrd','','','2011-09-26 09:09:27','2011-09-26 09:09:27','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5318',0,'post','',0),(5319,16,'2011-09-21 12:16:56','2011-09-21 12:16:56','<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \nI am a graphic designer. I have never really been interested in photography until I ran across Instagram. So you could say my background in photography is not a traditional one.\n\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug?</h4>\nI stumbled across Instagram the day it was released and was instantly hooked.\n\n<h4>What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \nI always have my iphone on me, so whenever something catches my eye, I\'m able to snap a photo of it. I do have a DSLR, but because of the size, I never carry it with me. Another thing that draws me to the iphone as a camera is the simplicity... just focus and snap.\n\n<h4>You\'ve got some awesome lo-fi images in your Instagram feed - what do you love about lo-fi?</h4> \nTo me, camera phones are kind of the new lo-fi. The thing I love most is the stripped down nature of the image. I love the scratches and pops in vinyl records, classic movies untouched by time, and the simplicity that lo-fi provides... different from the CGI/Photoshop we are bombarded with today.\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\nAlways keep your camera (or phone) with you. Don\'t be afraid to take a photo of everything that catches your eye.\n\n<h4>Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \nInstagram with the earlybird filter. It\'s the only app and editing I use.\n\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers?</h4>\nYou\'re able to document everything... at any time. I think moments that may have gone unnoticed in the past, will be documented now. Even the little things.. and those are important.\n\nFor professionals? \nI know there has been a lot said about the quality of images that are taken with mobile devices vs. professional equipment... it will be interesting to see how technology will progress because of this.\n\nTell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects. \nI mainly just document my daily life, so I don\'t really have any projects in the works.','iPhoneography with Instagramer Brandy Byrd ','','inherit','open','open','','5318-revision','','','2011-09-21 12:16:56','2011-09-21 12:16:56','',5318,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5318-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5320,16,'2011-09-21 11:11:22','2011-09-21 11:11:22','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since it\'s release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s our thoughts on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/chrysti\" title=\"Instagramer @chrysti\">@chrysti</a> has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird is quite different - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change at first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nDon\'t forget you can check out our Instagram feed <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/thebeginnerslens\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Instagram Feed\">@thebeginnerslens</a> Until 2.0.1, over and out.  \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-19','','','2011-09-21 11:11:22','2011-09-21 11:11:22','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-19.html',0,'revision','',0),(5321,16,'2011-09-21 12:23:12','2011-09-21 12:23:12','Hey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since its release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s our thoughts on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/chrysti\" title=\"Instagramer @chrysti\">@chrysti</a> has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird is quite different - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change at first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nDon\'t forget you can check out our Instagram feed <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/thebeginnerslens\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Instagram Feed\">@thebeginnerslens</a> Until 2.0.1, over and out.  \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-20','','','2011-09-21 12:23:12','2011-09-21 12:23:12','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-20.html',0,'revision','',0),(5322,16,'2011-09-21 12:19:43','2011-09-21 12:19:43','We know how many of you are obsessed with Instagram, and frankly we are too. So we thought it would be pretty neat to catch up with some of the top Instagramers and get their take on iPhoneography. We\'re kicking this off with graphic designer and fan of all things lo-fi (girl after my own heart) Brandy Byrd. \n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \nI am a graphic designer. I have never really been interested in photography until I ran across Instagram. So you could say my background in photography is not a traditional one.\n\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug?</h4>\nI stumbled across Instagram the day it was released and was instantly hooked! \n\n<h4>What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \nI always have my iphone on me, so whenever something catches my eye, I\'m able to snap a photo of it. I do have a DSLR, but because of the size, I never carry it with me. Another thing that draws me to the iphone as a camera is the simplicity... just focus and snap.\n\n<h4>You\'ve got some awesome lo-fi images in your Instagram feed - what do you love about lo-fi?</h4> \nTo me, camera phones are kind of the new lo-fi. The thing I love most is the stripped down nature of the image. I love the scratches and pops in vinyl records, classic movies untouched by time, and the simplicity that lo-fi provides... different from the CGI/Photoshop we are bombarded with today.\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\nAlways keep your camera (or phone) with you. Don\'t be afraid to take a photo of everything that catches your eye.\n\n<h4>Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \nInstagram with the earlybird filter. It\'s the only app and editing I use.\n\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals? </h4>\nYou\'re able to document everything... at any time. I think moments that may have gone unnoticed in the past, will be documented now. Even the little things.. and those are important. I know there has been a lot said about the quality of images that are taken with mobile devices vs. professional equipment... it will be interesting to see how technology will progress because of this.\n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>  \nI mainly just document my daily life, so I don\'t really have any projects in the works.\n\n','iPhoneography with Instagramer Brandy Byrd ','','inherit','open','open','','5318-revision-2','','','2011-09-21 12:19:43','2011-09-21 12:19:43','',5318,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5318-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5323,16,'2011-09-21 12:24:01','2011-09-21 12:24:01','<em>21 September 2001</em>\r\n\r\nHey iPhoneographers and Instagramers! The recent Instagram version 2.0.0 update is big news for the iPhoneography world, given the sheer popularity of the app. And we\'ve spent all of our waking hours (since its release yesterday - yes, we\'re that obsessed) testing it out and reading what you fine folks have got to say about the update. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"189\" height=\"195\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Screen-Shot-2011-09-21-at-11.23.53.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo first off let\'s go through the list of updated features according to Instagram and iTunes: \r\n\r\nCompletely revamped camera experience including: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant live filters & live tilt-shift </li>\r\n<li>4 new filters</li>\r\n<li>Turn borders on & off</li>\r\n<li>Rotate photo after taking</li>\r\n<li>Filtered photos save in high-resolution to photo library</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nPlus: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Better support for viewing feeds with many comments</li>\r\n<li>Faster load times for feeds</li>\r\n<li>New icon </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nHere\'s our thoughts on the update: \r\n\r\nWe are totally loving the new camera functionality, the new rotate feature is ace, and the live filters and tilt-shift are really useful. Not only that but the tilt-shift is just generally easier to use given the new layout of the camera and viewfinder. The pinch-and-zoom on the radial tilt-shift is super, but the pinch-and-zoom with the linear tilt-shift is a little bit tricky. It\'s not difficult, but it does take a little bit of getting used to as it has a tendency to slip into a diagonal blur quite easily! \r\n\r\nNow onto the filters, thanks for a few new ones Instagram! The new filters, namely Amaro, Rise, Hudson, and Valencia are really superb. We\'re loving the subtlety and pure class of the new filters. BUT...there\'s a few caveats to the filter situation. We\'ve heard murmurs on the grapevine that a few of the existing filters have changed...noooooooo! For diehard Instagramers who are faithful to one filter and one filter only this is a total bummer. Plus there seems to be a rather important element missing from several (and some speculate all) of the filters...where the flippin\' heck have the textures gone? Textures, we miss you. Please come back. \r\n\r\nInstagramer <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/chrysti\" title=\"Instagramer @chrysti\">@chrysti</a> has posted several side-by-side comparison\'s of the new and old filters - take a look at a few of the changes. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/earlybird.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>As you can see from the images above, Earlybird is quite different - suddenly the vignetting is far less dramatic and it seems to have lost a bit of it\'s overall \"dreaminess\".</em></center> \r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/texture.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center><em>Look closely (top left corner) and notice the texture on the 1977 filter is completely gone.</em></center> \r\n\r\nFurther to that, what\'s happened to our beloved Gotham filter? Send up the bat signal, ring the bat phone, Batman we need our Gotham back! \r\n\r\nSo the general consensus is that the change to the filters is a bit too drastic for most Instagramers tastes. And there\'s one other thing we\'re a bit disappointed about - the camera no longer saves your filtered image to the camera roll <em>before</em> uploading to your feed, which essentially means that there\'s no way to add multiple filters. Bummer. Any bright sparks out there now how to get around this? Enquiring minds would like to know! We\'re struggling to comprehend why this function was changed (even if it was perhaps a bug to begin with?) as it was a pretty good work around for those of us who love to layer our filters. \r\n\r\nNow, don\'t get us wrong, we\'re totally NOT hating on the new Instagram, ultimately we are really pleased with the new functionality. We love the fact that you can turn borders on and off (despite the fact that you can\'t turn the borders off of a \"real\" polaroid but that is by-the-by). And THANK YOU Instagram for hi-res saving! \r\n\r\nYes it\'s natural to resist change at first and we\'re quite sure that a lot of the hype will die down. But we\'re sorta left thinking...if it ain\'t broke...\r\n\r\nDon\'t forget you can check out our Instagram feed <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/thebeginnerslens\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Instagram Feed\">@thebeginnerslens</a> Until 2.0.1, over and out.  \r\n\r\np.s. Instagram if you\'re listening - we want the Converse back too. Thankyouplease. ','Instagram Version 2.0.0 Update','','inherit','open','open','','5294-revision-21','','','2011-09-21 12:24:01','2011-09-21 12:24:01','',5294,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5294-revision-21.html',0,'revision','',0),(5324,16,'2011-09-21 12:37:18','2011-09-21 12:37:18','We know how many of you are obsessed with Instagram, and frankly we are too. So we thought it would be pretty neat to catch up with some of the top Instagramers and get their take on iPhoneography. We\'re kicking this off with graphic designer and fan of all things lo-fi (girl after my own heart) Brandy Byrd. Take it away Brandy!   \n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \nI am a graphic designer. I have never really been interested in photography until I ran across Instagram. So you could say my background in photography is not a traditional one.\n\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug?</h4>\nI stumbled across Instagram the day it was released and was instantly hooked! \n\n<h4>What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \nI always have my iphone on me, so whenever something catches my eye, I\'m able to snap a photo of it. I do have a DSLR, but because of the size, I never carry it with me. Another thing that draws me to the iphone as a camera is the simplicity... just focus and snap.\n\n<h4>You\'ve got some awesome lo-fi images in your Instagram feed - what do you love about lo-fi?</h4> \nTo me, camera phones are kind of the new lo-fi. The thing I love most is the stripped down nature of the image. I love the scratches and pops in vinyl records, classic movies untouched by time, and the simplicity that lo-fi provides... different from the CGI/Photoshop we are bombarded with today.\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\nAlways keep your camera (or phone) with you. Don\'t be afraid to take a photo of everything that catches your eye.\n\n<h4>Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \nInstagram with the earlybird filter. It\'s the only app and editing I use.\n\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals? </h4>\nYou\'re able to document everything... at any time. I think moments that may have gone unnoticed in the past, will be documented now. Even the little things.. and those are important. I know there has been a lot said about the quality of images that are taken with mobile devices vs. professional equipment... it will be interesting to see how technology will progress because of this.\n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>  \nI mainly just document my daily life, so I don\'t really have any projects in the works.\n\nFor more life in lo-fi with Brandy Byrd, check out her website <a href=\"http://www.bbyrd.com\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Website\">www.bbyrd.com</a> or follow her on Instagram <a href=\"#\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Instagram\">@bbyrd</a> \n\n','iPhoneography with Instagramer Brandy Byrd ','','inherit','open','open','','5318-revision-3','','','2011-09-21 12:37:18','2011-09-21 12:37:18','',5318,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5318-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5325,16,'2011-09-21 12:37:43','2011-09-21 12:37:43','We know how many of you are obsessed with Instagram, and frankly we are too. So we thought it would be pretty neat to catch up with some of the top Instagramers and get their take on iPhoneography. We\'re kicking this off with graphic designer and fan of all things lo-fi (girl after my own heart) Brandy Byrd. Take it away Brandy!   \r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\nI am a graphic designer. I have never really been interested in photography until I ran across Instagram. So you could say my background in photography is not a traditional one.\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug?</h4>\r\nI stumbled across Instagram the day it was released and was instantly hooked! \r\n\r\n<h4>What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\nI always have my iphone on me, so whenever something catches my eye, I\'m able to snap a photo of it. I do have a DSLR, but because of the size, I never carry it with me. Another thing that draws me to the iphone as a camera is the simplicity... just focus and snap.\r\n\r\n<h4>You\'ve got some awesome lo-fi images in your Instagram feed - what do you love about lo-fi?</h4> \r\nTo me, camera phones are kind of the new lo-fi. The thing I love most is the stripped down nature of the image. I love the scratches and pops in vinyl records, classic movies untouched by time, and the simplicity that lo-fi provides... different from the CGI/Photoshop we are bombarded with today.\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nAlways keep your camera (or phone) with you. Don\'t be afraid to take a photo of everything that catches your eye.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\nInstagram with the earlybird filter. It\'s the only app and editing I use.\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals? </h4>\r\nYou\'re able to document everything... at any time. I think moments that may have gone unnoticed in the past, will be documented now. Even the little things.. and those are important. I know there has been a lot said about the quality of images that are taken with mobile devices vs. professional equipment... it will be interesting to see how technology will progress because of this.\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>  \r\nI mainly just document my daily life, so I don\'t really have any projects in the works.\r\n\r\nFor more life in lo-fi with Brandy Byrd, check out her website <a href=\"http://www.bbyrd.com\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Website\">www.bbyrd.com</a> or follow her on Instagram <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/bbyrd\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Instagram\">@bbyrd</a> \r\n\r\n','iPhoneography with Instagramer Brandy Byrd ','','inherit','open','open','','5318-revision-4','','','2011-09-21 12:37:43','2011-09-21 12:37:43','',5318,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5318-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5326,16,'2011-09-21 12:40:13','2011-09-21 12:40:13','','bbyrd1','','inherit','open','open','','bbyrd1','','','2011-09-21 12:40:13','2011-09-21 12:40:13','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5327,16,'2011-09-21 12:40:34','2011-09-21 12:40:34','','bbyrd2','','inherit','open','open','','bbyrd2','','','2011-09-21 12:40:34','2011-09-21 12:40:34','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5328,16,'2011-09-21 12:40:41','2011-09-21 12:40:41','','bbyrd3','','inherit','open','open','','bbyrd3','','','2011-09-21 12:40:41','2011-09-21 12:40:41','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5329,16,'2011-09-21 12:40:46','2011-09-21 12:40:46','','bbyrd4','','inherit','open','open','','bbyrd4','','','2011-09-21 12:40:46','2011-09-21 12:40:46','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5330,16,'2011-09-21 12:41:37','2011-09-21 12:41:37','','bbyrd5','','inherit','open','open','','bbyrd5','','','2011-09-21 12:41:37','2011-09-21 12:41:37','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd5.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5331,16,'2011-09-21 12:38:23','2011-09-21 12:38:23','We know how many of you are obsessed with Instagram, and frankly we are too. So we thought it would be pretty neat to catch up with some of the top Instagramers and get their take on iPhoneography. We\'re kicking this off with graphic designer and fan of all things lo-fi (girl after my own heart) Brandy Byrd. Take it away Brandy!   \n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \nI am a graphic designer. I have never really been interested in photography until I ran across Instagram. So you could say my background in photography is not a traditional one.\n\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug?</h4>\nI stumbled across Instagram the day it was released and was instantly hooked! \n\n<h4>What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \nI always have my iphone on me, so whenever something catches my eye, I\'m able to snap a photo of it. I do have a DSLR, but because of the size, I never carry it with me. Another thing that draws me to the iphone as a camera is the simplicity... just focus and snap.\n\n<h4>You\'ve got some awesome lo-fi images in your Instagram feed - what do you love about lo-fi?</h4> \nTo me, camera phones are kind of the new lo-fi. The thing I love most is the stripped down nature of the image. I love the scratches and pops in vinyl records, classic movies untouched by time, and the simplicity that lo-fi provides... different from the CGI/Photoshop we are bombarded with today.\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\nAlways keep your camera (or phone) with you. Don\'t be afraid to take a photo of everything that catches your eye.\n\n<h4>Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \nInstagram with the earlybird filter. It\'s the only app and editing I use.\n\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals? </h4>\nYou\'re able to document everything... at any time. I think moments that may have gone unnoticed in the past, will be documented now. Even the little things.. and those are important. I know there has been a lot said about the quality of images that are taken with mobile devices vs. professional equipment... it will be interesting to see how technology will progress because of this.\n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>  \nI mainly just document my daily life, so I don\'t really have any projects in the works.\n\nFor more life in lo-fi with Brandy Byrd, check out her website <a href=\"http://www.bbyrd.com\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Website\">www.bbyrd.com</a> or follow her on Instagram <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/bbyrd\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Instagram\">@bbyrd</a> \n\n','iPhoneography with Instagramer Brandy Byrd ','','inherit','open','open','','5318-revision-5','','','2011-09-21 12:38:23','2011-09-21 12:38:23','',5318,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5318-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5332,16,'2011-09-21 12:43:42','2011-09-21 12:43:42','We know how many of you are obsessed with Instagram, and frankly we are too. So we thought it would be pretty neat to catch up with some of the top Instagramers and get their take on iPhoneography. We\'re kicking this off with graphic designer and fan of all things lo-fi (girl after my own heart) Brandy Byrd. Take it away Brandy!   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\nI am a graphic designer. I have never really been interested in photography until I ran across Instagram. So you could say my background in photography is not a traditional one.\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug?</h4>\r\nI stumbled across Instagram the day it was released and was instantly hooked! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\nI always have my iphone on me, so whenever something catches my eye, I\'m able to snap a photo of it. I do have a DSLR, but because of the size, I never carry it with me. Another thing that draws me to the iphone as a camera is the simplicity... just focus and snap.\r\n\r\n<h4>You\'ve got some awesome lo-fi images in your Instagram feed - what do you love about lo-fi?</h4> \r\nTo me, camera phones are kind of the new lo-fi. The thing I love most is the stripped down nature of the image. I love the scratches and pops in vinyl records, classic movies untouched by time, and the simplicity that lo-fi provides... different from the CGI/Photoshop we are bombarded with today.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nAlways keep your camera (or phone) with you. Don\'t be afraid to take a photo of everything that catches your eye.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\nInstagram with the earlybird filter. It\'s the only app and editing I use.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals? </h4>\r\nYou\'re able to document everything... at any time. I think moments that may have gone unnoticed in the past, will be documented now. Even the little things.. and those are important. I know there has been a lot said about the quality of images that are taken with mobile devices vs. professional equipment... it will be interesting to see how technology will progress because of this.\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>  \r\nI mainly just document my daily life, so I don\'t really have any projects in the works.\r\n\r\nFor more life in lo-fi with Brandy Byrd, check out her website <a href=\"http://www.bbyrd.com\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Website\">www.bbyrd.com</a> or follow her on Instagram <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/bbyrd\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Instagram\">@bbyrd</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n','iPhoneography with Instagramer Brandy Byrd ','','inherit','open','open','','5318-revision-6','','','2011-09-21 12:43:42','2011-09-21 12:43:42','',5318,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5318-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5333,16,'2011-09-21 12:47:12','2011-09-21 12:47:12','We know how many of you are obsessed with Instagram, and frankly we are too. So we thought it would be pretty neat to catch up with some of the top Instagramers and get their take on iPhoneography. We\'re kicking this off with graphic designer and fan of all things lo-fi (girl after my own heart) Brandy Byrd. Take it away Brandy!   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\nI am a graphic designer. I have never really been interested in photography until I ran across Instagram. So you could say my background in photography is not a traditional one.\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug?</h4>\r\nI stumbled across Instagram the day it was released and was instantly hooked! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\nI always have my iphone on me, so whenever something catches my eye, I\'m able to snap a photo of it. I do have a DSLR, but because of the size, I never carry it with me. Another thing that draws me to the iphone as a camera is the simplicity... just focus and snap.\r\n\r\n<h4>You\'ve got some awesome lo-fi images in your Instagram feed - what do you love about lo-fi?</h4> \r\nTo me, camera phones are kind of the new lo-fi. The thing I love most is the stripped down nature of the image. I love the scratches and pops in vinyl records, classic movies untouched by time, and the simplicity that lo-fi provides... different from the CGI/Photoshop we are bombarded with today.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nAlways keep your camera (or phone) with you. Don\'t be afraid to take a photo of everything that catches your eye.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\nInstagram with the earlybird filter. It\'s the only app and editing I use.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals? </h4>\r\nYou\'re able to document everything... at any time. I think moments that may have gone unnoticed in the past, will be documented now. Even the little things.. and those are important. I know there has been a lot said about the quality of images that are taken with mobile devices vs. professional equipment... it will be interesting to see how technology will progress because of this.\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>  \r\nI mainly just document my daily life, so I don\'t really have any projects in the works.\r\n\r\nFor more life in lo-fi with Brandy Byrd, check out her website <a href=\"http://www.bbyrd.com\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Website\">www.bbyrd.com</a> or follow her on Instagram <a href=\"http://www.gramfeed.com/bbyrd\" title=\"Brandy Byrd Instagram\">@bbyrd</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Brandy Byrd \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/bbyrd4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n','iPhoneography with Instagramer Brandy Byrd ','','inherit','open','open','','5318-revision-7','','','2011-09-21 12:47:12','2011-09-21 12:47:12','',5318,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5318-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5334,16,'2011-09-23 10:54:23','2011-09-23 10:54:23','It’s generally a combination of elements that make a great photo – many times when we see an image that we are drawn to, it’s the whole package that is appealing to us rather than just one element alone. But that said composition is one of the most important concepts to master when starting your photography journey...so it’s worth getting to grips with a few of our photography composition tips and putting them into practice when shooting. \r\n\r\n<h4>1. Define your subject</h4> \r\n\r\nPhotography begins with a subject and that’s that. You’ve raised your camera to snap a photo because there is something that piques your interest, because you’ve seen something that is worthy of a photograph. Be sure to clearly define that subject before snapping. Know what the subject is, and define it within the surroundings. \r\n\r\n<h4>2. Fill the frame</h4> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"fantasy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/totomai/2983312157/in/set-72157605548317850/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"402\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Composition-Face.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>fantasy</em>\r\nPhoto by totomai</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nSo you know what the subject is, but where does it fit within the frame? For the most part the subject should fill the frame. That is, your subject should have a clearly dominant place within the frame and should clearly stand out from the background. You can easily fill the frame by zooming in digitally or using the “get closer” principle. However you do it, be sure that your subject sits prominently within the composition. \r\n\r\n<h4>3. Evoke interest and emotion with a story</h4> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"037/365: Sometimes Dreaming Never Lasts., on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/randymstaana/4604292820/in/set-72157623671368329\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"402\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Composition-Danbo.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>037/365: Sometimes Dreaming Never Lasts.</em>\r\nPhoto by Randy Santa-Ana</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nA great photo tells a story with a single glance. Your viewer should know almost immediately what is happening in the photo and how the subject fits into that story. People are naturally drawn to something that makes them stop and think, or something they can relate to so the clearer the story or the emotion, the easier it is for them to relate to your image. Draw your viewers in with emotion, and keep them interested with a great story. \r\n\r\n<h4>4. Balance the elements</h4> \r\n\r\nFor a visually pleasing composition, try to balance the elements of your image. You could use the rule of thirds as a guideline in this instance, ensuring that small elements and large elements balance each other out by falling on the dividing lines. You can also create balance by off-setting the elements a harmonious composition by utilizing the empty space. \r\n\r\n<h4>5. Work with the light</h4> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"kisses!, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrewevans/5773693477\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"614\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Composition-Deer.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>kisses!</em>\r\nPhoto by andrew evans</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nComposition and light are usually considered two different elements of a great photograph, but by using the light to compliment your composition you will boost the quality of your photo exponentially. To do this, be aware of the direction of your light source. Envision how the light will compliment or deter from the subject, and be calculated with the way you choose to shoot the situation. Play with the light and find unique angles to harness the light for your composition. Take your photos to the next level by working with the light! \r\n','Top 5 Photography Composition Tips ','','publish','open','open','','top-5-photography-composition-tips','','','2011-09-23 10:54:23','2011-09-23 10:54:23','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5334',0,'post','',0),(5335,16,'2011-09-21 13:18:34','2011-09-21 13:18:34','It’s generally a combination of elements that make a great photo – many times when we see an image that we are drawn to, it’s the whole package that is appealing to us rather than just one element alone. But that said composition is one of the most important concepts to master when starting your photography journey...so it’s worth getting to grips with a few of our photography composition tips and putting them into practice when shooting. \n\n<h4>1. Define your subject</h4> \n\nPhotography begins with a subject and that’s that. You’ve raised your camera to snap a photo because there is something that piques your interest, because you’ve seen something that is worthy of a photograph. Be sure to clearly define that subject before snapping. Know what the subject is, and define it within the surroundings. \n\n<h4>2. Fill the frame</h4> \n\nSo you know what the subject is, but where does it fit within the frame? For the most part the subject should fill the frame. That is, your subject should have a clearly dominant place within the frame and should clearly stand out from the background. You can easily fill the frame by zooming in digitally or using the “get closer” principle. However you do it, be sure that your subject sits prominently within the composition. \n\n<h4>3. Evoke interest and emotion with a story</h4> \n\nA great photo tells a story with a single glance. Your viewer should know almost immediately what is happening in the photo and how the subject fits into that story. People are naturally drawn to something that makes them stop and think, or something they can relate to so the clearer the story or the emotion, the easier it is for them to relate to your image. Draw your viewers in with emotion, and keep them interested with a great story. \n\n<h4>4. Balance the elements</h4> \n\nFor a visually pleasing composition, try to balance the elements of your image. You could use the rule of thirds as a guideline in this instance, ensuring that small elements and large elements balance each other out by falling on the dividing lines. You can also create balance by off-setting the elements a harmonious composition by utilizing the empty space. \n\n<h4>5. Work with the light</h4> \n\nComposition and light are usually considered two different elements of a great photograph, but by using the light to compliment your composition you will boost the quality of your photo exponentially. To do this, be aware of the direction of your light source. Envision how the light will compliment or deter from the subject, and be calculated with the way you choose to shoot the situation. Play with the light and find unique angles to harness the light for your composition. Take your photos to the next level by working with the light! \n','Top 5 Photography Composition Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5334-revision','','','2011-09-21 13:18:34','2011-09-21 13:18:34','',5334,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5334-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5336,16,'2011-09-21 13:19:46','2011-09-21 13:19:46','It’s generally a combination of elements that make a great photo – many times when we see an image that we are drawn to, it’s the whole package that is appealing to us rather than just one element alone. But that said composition is one of the most important concepts to master when starting your photography journey...so it’s worth getting to grips with a few of our photography composition tips and putting them into practice when shooting. \r\n\r\n<h4>1. Define your subject</h4> \r\n\r\nPhotography begins with a subject and that’s that. You’ve raised your camera to snap a photo because there is something that piques your interest, because you’ve seen something that is worthy of a photograph. Be sure to clearly define that subject before snapping. Know what the subject is, and define it within the surroundings. \r\n\r\n<h4>2. Fill the frame</h4> \r\n\r\nSo you know what the subject is, but where does it fit within the frame? For the most part the subject should fill the frame. That is, your subject should have a clearly dominant place within the frame and should clearly stand out from the background. You can easily fill the frame by zooming in digitally or using the “get closer” principle. However you do it, be sure that your subject sits prominently within the composition. \r\n\r\n<h4>3. Evoke interest and emotion with a story</h4> \r\n\r\nA great photo tells a story with a single glance. Your viewer should know almost immediately what is happening in the photo and how the subject fits into that story. People are naturally drawn to something that makes them stop and think, or something they can relate to so the clearer the story or the emotion, the easier it is for them to relate to your image. Draw your viewers in with emotion, and keep them interested with a great story. \r\n\r\n<h4>4. Balance the elements</h4> \r\n\r\nFor a visually pleasing composition, try to balance the elements of your image. You could use the rule of thirds as a guideline in this instance, ensuring that small elements and large elements balance each other out by falling on the dividing lines. You can also create balance by off-setting the elements a harmonious composition by utilizing the empty space. \r\n\r\n<h4>5. Work with the light</h4> \r\n\r\nComposition and light are usually considered two different elements of a great photograph, but by using the light to compliment your composition you will boost the quality of your photo exponentially. To do this, be aware of the direction of your light source. Envision how the light will compliment or deter from the subject, and be calculated with the way you choose to shoot the situation. Play with the light and find unique angles to harness the light for your composition. Take your photos to the next level by working with the light! \r\n','Top 5 Photography Composition Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5334-revision-2','','','2011-09-21 13:19:46','2011-09-21 13:19:46','',5334,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5334-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5337,5,'2011-09-21 13:44:15','2011-09-21 13:44:15','Our iPhoneography With...series continues and this week we are very happy to introduce Jack Hollingsworth, all the way from Austin, Texas. You may already be familiar with his work as his long-spanning photography career has taken him across the globe shooting everything including people, products, and places! We were blown away when we first saw what Jack could do with an iPhone and we\'re pretty sure you will be too. Oh and a little birdie told us that you might be seeing Jack around here more frequently...watch this space for more details...\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"402\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[styledbox type=\"shadow\"  ][postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /][/styledbox]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Jack\'s photos on Instagram <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/2439781/photos\" title=\"Jack Hollingsworth Instagram Inkstagram Feed\">@jackhollingsworth</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\r\n','iPhoneography With Jack Hollingsworth','','inherit','open','open','','5155-autosave','','','2011-09-21 13:44:15','2011-09-21 13:44:15','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0);
